Arkansas Security Alarm Association

Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Student Manual

Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course 00- Introduction 01-Industry Overview 02-Professionalism & Ethics 03 Codes and Standards 04 Communication Paths 05 - Formats 06 - Signals 07 - Dispatching 08 Operator Communication

Introduction Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course WELCOME to the Arkansas Security Alarm Association s Central Station Course ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-1 Our Instructor(s) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-2 Now we want to know a little about you. Name Company Position (Manager, Supervisor, Operator) City / State Years in the industry ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 0-1

Introduction Goals of this Course Overview of a central station Introduction to technology Broaden knowledge base Brush up on codes & standards Procedures ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-4 Course Overview 1. Industry Overview 2. Professionalism & Ethics 3. Codes & Standards 4. Communication Paths 5. Formats 6. Signals 7. Dispatching 8. Operator Communications ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-5 Basic Class Rules..Please: No Smoking Turn Pagers & Phones to silent or off Be prompt! - Mandatory attendance Don t Disturb Others - Be Quiet Participate ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-6 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 0-2

Introduction Why you are here. Improve your knowledge Enhance your value to your company ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-7 What ASAA does for you. Networking Information Legislative Efforts Training Credibility & Exposure ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-8 We need your involvement! You only get back what you put in This association is your voice to government Speak up! ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-9 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 0-3

Introduction Disclaimers All of the material in this course is copyrighted (2012) by ASAA Material may not be recorded, copied or used in any manner without the expressed written permission of the Arkansas Security Alarm Association ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-10 Disclaimers Specific manufacturers and products mentioned in this course are intended as examples only and are not to be construed as endorsements All codes declare that all manufacturers instructions must also be followed to be in compliance ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-11 Lets learn together. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 0-12 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 0-4

Industry Overview Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Electronic Systems Industry Overview Chapter 1 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-1 Industry Terminology Every industry has its own set of terms and words. Unsure of a term check our Glossary on the ASAA s web-site at http://www.arkansasalarm.org/training/adobe ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-2 Monitored Electronic Systems Burglar Alarm Systems Fire Alarm Systems Medical Systems Industrial Process Systems Access Control Systems CCTV Home Control and Automation Systems ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-1

Industry Overview Electronic Systems Companies Manufacturing Distributing Sales Installation Service Monitoring Integrators ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-4 Benefits of Electronic Systems Security & Life Safety Burglar, Fire & Panic Alarms Control Lights, HVAC,etc Convenience Automate Coffeemaker, Control Lights, Comfort Adjust Heat, AC, etc Simplification Program common steps of multiple devices from one control ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-5 Security Systems Arming/Disarming Fire Sensors Control Panel Notification Burglary Sensors Power Monitoring ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-6 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-2

One-way or two-way radio Industry Overview How do signals get from the security system to the central station? Communication Digital Communicator using POTS lines cellular Central Station ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-7 Location to Monitoring Station Monitor signals Analyze signals Verify signals Record activity Request response Follow-up ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-8 Customer Alarm Company Guards Police-Sheriff Fire Department Ambulance Response ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-9 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-3

Industry Overview Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Sensor Types ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-10 Contacts or Switches Used on doors and windows Switch placed on frame Magnet placed on door or window Separation generates alarm Available in surface or flush mount Different gaps available Built in transmitters ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-11 Shock Glassbreak Sensor Mounts on glass Senses vibration or shock from glass break ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-12 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-4

Industry Overview Acoustic/Shock Glassbreak Sensor Listens for Sound of glass breaking and Shock of glass breaking Mount on ceiling or wall ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-13 Screens Existing screen or new screen is laced with wire One corner of screen has wire to connect to system Opposite corner has switch Magnet is mounted on frame for switch ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-14 Passive Infrared (PIR) Detect change in radiant heat People entering area change pattern Mount on wall or ceiling Patterns and ranges available Available with built in transmitters Processing of patterns determines when to indicate alarm ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-15 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-5

Industry Overview Dual-Technology Motion PIR combined with Microwave Alarm indicated only when both trip ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-16 Foil Traps Mats Lacing Outdated Sensors ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-17 Outdated Motion Sensors Ultrasonic Microwave Infrasonic ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-18 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-6

Industry Overview Holdup or Panic Switches Button pressed to indicate an emergency Fixed or wireless Usually concealed ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-19 Floor mounted Activate by foot Locks in place till reset Foot Rail- Kick bar ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-20 Money Clip Alarm tripped when bill is removed Often wire to require two clips to be activated before alarm ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-21 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-7

Industry Overview Medical Monitoring Alarm system that allows notification that medical assistance is needed, usually by pushing a button. May incorporate listen-in or two-way audio ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-22 If no activity is seen by the system for a certain length of time, an inactivity report is communicated to the central station Inactivity Alarm ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-23 Industrial Process Alarm A signal that reports off normal condition for a wide variety of commercial and industrial processes, including sump-pump operations, water levels, pressures and temperatures, chemical processes, and special furnace operations. Temperature Alarm Water Alarm ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-24 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-8

Industry Overview Manual Pull Stations Manually activated device generally used to activate the fire alarm. Single Action Double Action ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-25 Fixed Heat Detector Triggered when temperature reaches preset limit Self restoring or single use Variety of temperature settings. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-26 Rate of Rise Heat Detector Triggers when temperature increases at preset rate Usually self restores Variety of temperature settings. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-27 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-9

Industry Overview Combination Heat Detectors Triggers when temperature increases at preset rate or when temperature reaches preset limit Usually self restores Variety of temperature settings ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-28 Photoelectric Smoke Detector Spot Detector Light projected in chamber Smoke reflects light to sensor Beam Detector Smoke breaks light beam Photoelectric Beam ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-29 Ionization Smoke Detector Air in chamber ionized to conduct current Smoke disrupts current flow ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-30 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-10

Industry Overview Waterflow Switch Waterflow Alarm - Initiates an alarm signal whenever water flows through the sprinkler system. The alarm is transmitted to the central station, where it is handled as a fire alarm. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-31 OS&Y Outside Stem & Yoke, or Outside Screw & Yoke, or Open Stem & Yoke, or Outside Stem & Yoke A valve for shutting off water to a sprinkler system. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-32 PIV The unseen gate valve used to control water supply to sprinkler, deluge, water spray, foam and standpipe systems. The PIV controls water flow into the sprinkler system from the public water system. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-33 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-11

Industry Overview Duct Smoke Detector A device located within the duct, protruding into the duct, or located outside the duct that detects visible or invisible particles of combustion flowing within the duct. Actuation of the device may allow operation of certain control functions. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-34 CO Detectors Detects a toxic colorless and odorless gas ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-35 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Power Supplies ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-36 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-12

Industry Overview AC Power Source Use a dedicated main branch when possible. Avoid ground fault interrupted circuits. Transformer should be appropriately fastened (according to code) so that it cannot be accidentally unplugged ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-37 Backup Battery Include standby power for a minimum of four hours Replace every three years or more frequently if a site experiences a high occurrence of power outages or other environmental conditions that drain the life of the battery Inspect and test every year Battery calculations must be performed on each system to ensure adequate capacity ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-38 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Communication Methods ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-39 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-13

Industry Overview Digital Communicators Means to transmit signals to a central station, Uses customer's existing phone line. The communicator seizes the customer's phone line and electronically dials the central -station receiver. When the receiver answers, the communicator sends a message in the form of a sequence of tones. A mini -computer in the receiver accepts and acknowledges the message. It then prints out the information for display to the operator. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-40 Cellular The use of stationary cellular telephone equipment to replace or supplement other means of alarm signal communication between the alarm system and the monitoring facility. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-41 Long Range Radio A network of radio transmitters or transceivers capable of sending alarm status messages to one or more radio receivers or transceivers which are at, or in communication with, an alarm monitoring facility or other alarm signal receiving station. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-42 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-14

Industry Overview Internet Uses the Internet to deliver alarm messages. Incorporates a very high level of encryption and two-way authentication. Internet transmitters at the alarm site send data to a compatible internet receiver at a central station over the internet. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 1-43 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 1-15

Professionalism & Ethics Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Professionalism & Ethics Chapter 2 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-1 Definitions Professionalism - the standing, practice, or methods of a professional, as distinguished from an amateur. Ethics - that branch of philosophy dealing with values relating to human conduct, with respect to the rightness and wrongness of certain actions and to the goodness and badness of the motives and ends of such actions. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-2 Company Standards Common sources Employee handbook Company policy On the Job Training Common Reasons to Set Standards Meet Customer Expectations Makes Troubleshooting easier It is more efficient ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 2-1

Professionalism & Ethics Company Obligations to Customer Meet customer need Comply with law Install full system as sold Test Ensure user understanding Offer ongoing service and repair ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-4 Employee Obligations To Employer Do your best! Promote customer satisfaction Promote company growth Work as a PROFESSIONAL!! ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-5 Employee Obligations to Customer You only get one chance to make a first impression for YOU and YOUR COMPANY Look the part - dress to the level of professional that you want to be seen as Be Prepared - have everything you need ready to go ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-6 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 2-2

Professionalism & Ethics Courtesy Good customer service attracts & retains customers Treat the customer with respect - they are signing your check for that day! ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-7 Central Station Operator Ethics: Educate yourself Comply with laws, codes and standards Notify customer or their designated representative of ALL critical events Communicate in a clear, concise manner Do not mislead a customer ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-8 General Obligations: Work WITH your local Police and Fire departments Promote the industry s integrity through your local and state associations Work within your local community and local association to promote ethics and integrity in our industry ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-9 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 2-3

Professionalism & Ethics Impact of False Alarms Can lead to fines and suspension of public safety response Can endanger responders Reduces effectiveness of system Adds to cost of system ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-10 False Alarm Prevention Proper Design Quality Equipment Proper Installation Proper User Education Verify Before Dispatch Follow-up on Each False Alarm ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-11 Free Video from NESA The National Electronic Security Alliance has created a video, free for download, to help our customers understand the impact of false alarms. Download at: http://www.nesaus.org Play video Law enforcement video ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-12 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 2-4

Professionalism & Ethics Do Your Best! Earn reputation as a professional Expand your opportunities Increase your value Gain satisfaction ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 2-13 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 2-5

Codes & Standards Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Codes & Standards Chapter 3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-1 Central Station vs. Others Central Station A supervising station that is listed for central station service (i.e. able to issue U.L. certificates or FM Global Placards). Monitoring Station (a.k.a. Remote Station or Supervising Station) A remote facility that offers to monitoring electronic security systems. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-2 Applicable Codes & Standards Underwriters Laboratories Factory Mutual (FM Global) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Edison Testing Laboratory State Requirements ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-1

Codes & Standards Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Section 3-1 Underwriters Laboratory ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-4 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Section 3-1a UL 827 Central Station Alarm Services ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-5 Secure Facility Requirements of UL 827 include: Special construction requirements to resist fire (sprinkled or 1-hour fire rating) No windows (opaque, bullet-proof may be allowed if unable to view alarm signals) Doors kept locked with two means of identifying persons wanting in ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-6 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-2

Codes & Standards Suppression Each room in the central station will have at least two fire extinguishers that are rated at 2-A: 10-B:C or greater. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-7 Detection The central station will be provided with an automatic fire alarm system that complies with NFPA 72. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-8 Detection All components of the central station not under the direct supervision of the central station personnel (generator housings, underground access to cables, etc.) shall be protected by a burglar alarm system ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-9 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-3

Codes & Standards Power Requirements 24 hours of backup power Backup power tested weekly for 30 minutes Generator Battery ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-10 Receivers (For every receiver) there shall be a spare receiver that can be put into service in 30 seconds or less. There shall be one backup receiver for every five active units. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-11 Automation Systems The automation system s main computer, hard disk, main computer s video display terminal, and the software components including the operating system, program languages, and the alarm monitoring software shall be completely duplicated so as to constitute a backup computer system. The backup computer shall be switched over within 30 seconds so that it is energized and can be connected to the receivers, printers, and other devices required for the system. The backup system shall be fully operational within 6 minutes of the loss of the primary system. This allows 30 seconds for plugging in the computer and switching the communication lines over to the backup system and allows 5-1/2 additional minutes for the system to boot up, conduct memory tests, file system check, security verifications, and prepare for full operation. The backup computer shall have all the capabilities of the primary computer, including memory size, speed, and the like. The station operators and supervisor(s) shall be trained monthly in making the switchover and bringing the backup computer on line. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-12 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-4

Codes & Standards Disaster Plan There shall be a written plan of action for the restoration of service by a centralstation. The plan shall include the following. a) Foreseeable disasters: Possible natural and man-made disaster threats, national and local, that could effect the station. b) Emergency names list: A notification list that includes the names and the telephone numbers at work, home, vacation home, and the like, and home addresses of management, technical, operators, runners, and other relevant personnel. c) Equipment vender contacts: The 24-hour telephone and fax numbers of the vendors, technical assistance providers, and maintenance contractors of the equipment used in the station. d) Municipal agency contacts: Emergency telephone numbers for local municipal agencies, such as the fire and police departments, to be called for help. e) Utility contacts: Formalized emergency procedures and 24-hour contact names and telephone numbers of the utility and telephone companies serving the station. f) If an engine-driven generator(s) is used that requires on-site fuel storage, there shall be a 24-hours a day contact and telephone number for a source of fuel resupply. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-13 Personnel The central-station shall have sufficient personnel (at least two persons), trained as operators, on duty at the station at all times to provide immediate attention to signals requiring action. No other operator activity shall take precedence over receiving and acting on these signals. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-14 Records shall be maintained for at least 12 months. Records ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-15 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-5

Codes & Standards Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Section 3-1b UL 1981 Central Station Automation Systems ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-16 Protection Power, phone lines and computer data lines shall be protected against transient voltage surge in accordance with the appropriate UL listing. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-17 HVAC Requirements The automation system hardware (computers, monitors, disk drives, and similar equipment) shall be located in an environment where the temperature is maintained at a level within the temperature rating range of the equipment. The HVAC system shall have 24 hours of standby power. The standby power for the HVAC shall be provided by the central-station s engine-driven generator(s), or similar equipment. When the central- station chooses to do so, it is not prohibited from providing the standby power for the HVAC system by an uninterruptible power supply (UPS). A maintenance contract that provides for restoring operation of the HVAC system within 24 hours, 7 days a week shall be in place. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-18 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-6

Codes & Standards Automation Failure Operators shall be trained on how to handle signals WITHOUT automation for a period of one hour per month. A log must be kept documenting that the training has been done must be available at the central station. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-19 Backup Daily backup copies of the systems data shall be generated for restore purposes. Copies shall be kept on-site as well as offsite at a facility with at least a UL Extend 3 security system. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-20 Remote Connections With very few exceptions, all components of the central station must be located within the protected premises of the central station. Signal traffic should never be able to be viewed outside the central station. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-21 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-7

Codes & Standards Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Section 3-2 FM Global a.k.a. Factory Mutual ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-22 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Section 3-2a FM Global Class Number 3011 (Fire) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-23 Approval Unless amended by FM 3011, compliance with NFPA 72 meets the requirement of FM 3011 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-24 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-8

Codes & Standards Approval Fire alarm systems my not be FM Approved unless service is performed by a FM Approved facility and equipment. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-25 Backup Power Supply Underwriters Laboratory and Factory Mutual agree on most aspects of monitoring stations. Factory Mutual is more stringent in requiring 60 hours of standby battery. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-26 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Section 3-2b FM Global Class Number 3040 (Burglary) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-27 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-9

Codes & Standards Backup Power Supply Underwriters Laboratory and Factory Mutual agree on most aspects of monitoring stations. Factory Mutual is more stringent in requiring 60 hours of standby battery. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-28 Retransmission Two independent means of communication shall be provided to each police dispatching headquarters. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-29 Classification of Service R-15 Service The time required to reach the subscriber premises shall not exceed 15 minutes from the receipt of an alarm. R-30 Service The time required to reach the subscriber premises shall not exceed 30 minutes from the receipt of an alarm. Service meeting the above response time and in addition meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.6 shall be classified as R-15-S or R-30-S service. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-30 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-10

Codes & Standards Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Section 3-3 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-31 Personnel The central station shall have not less than two persons on duty at the central station at all times to ensure disposition of signals in accordance with the requirements of 8.2.7. Operation and supervision shall be the primary functions of the operators, and no other interest or activity shall take precedence over the protective service. NFPA 72-8.2.6.2 Slide 3-32 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Disposition of Alarm Signals Alarm signals initiated by manual fire alarm boxes, automatic fire detectors, waterflow from the automatic sprinkler system, or actuation of other fire suppression system(s) or equipment shall be treated as fire alarms. The central station shall perform the following actions: 1. Immediately retransmit the alarm to the public fire service communications center 2. Dispatch a runner or technician to the protected premises to arrive within 2 hours after receipt of a signal if equipment needs to be manually reset by the prime contractor (central station service accounts only) 3. Immediately notify the subscriber 4. Provide notice to the subscriber or authority having jurisdiction, or both, if required Exception: If the alarm signal results from a prearranged test, the actions specified by 8.2.7.1.2(1) and 8.2.7.1.2(3) shall not be required. NFPA 72-8.2.7.1 Slide 3-33 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-11

Codes & Standards Supervisory Signals Upon receipt of a supervisory signal from a sprinkler system, other fire suppression system(s), or other equipment, the central station shall perform the following actions: 1. Communicate immediately with the person(s) designated by the subscriber Continued next slide NFPA 72-8.2.7.3 Slide 3-34 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Supervisory Signals 2. Dispatch a runner or maintenance person to arrive within 2 hours to investigate (central station service accounts only) Exception: Where the supervisory signal is cleared in accordance with a scheduled procedure determined by 8.2.7.3(1). 3. Notify the fire department or law enforcement agency, or both, if required 4. Notify the AHJ when sprinkler systems or other fire suppression systems or equipment have been wholly or partially out of service for 8 hours Continued next slide NFPA 72-8.2.7.3 Slide 3-35 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Supervisory Signals 5. When service has been restored, provide notice, if required, to the subscriber or the authority having jurisdiction, or both, as to the nature of the signal, the time of occurrence, and the restoration of service when equipment has been out of service for 8 hours or more Exception: If the supervisory signal results from a prearranged test, the actions specified by 8.2.7.3(1), 8.2.7.3(3), and 8.2.7.3(5) shall not be required. NFPA 72-8.2.7.3 Slide 3-36 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-12

Codes & Standards Guard s Tour Supervisory Signal Upon failure to receive a guard s tour supervisory signal within a 15-minute maximum grace period, the central station shall perform the following actions: 1. Communicate without unreasonable delay with personnel at the protected premises 2. Dispatch a runner to the protected premises to arrive within 30 minutes of the delinquency if communications cannot be established 3. Report all delinquencies to the subscriber or authority having jurisdiction, or both, if required Failure of the guard to follow a prescribed route in transmitting signals shall be handled as a delinquency. NFPA 72-8.2.7.2 Slide 3-37 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Trouble Signals Upon receipt of trouble signals or other signals pertaining solely to matters of equipment maintenance of the fire alarm systems, the central station shall perform the following actions: 1. Communicate immediately with persons designated by the subscriber 2. Dispatch personnel to arrive within 4 hours to initiate maintenance, if necessary (central station service accounts only) 3. Provide notice, if required, to the subscriber or the AHJ, or both, as to the nature of the interruption, the time of occurrence, and the restoration of service, when the interruption is more than 8 hours NFPA 72-8.2.7.4 Slide 3-38 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Test Signals All test signals received shall be recorded to indicate date, time, and type. Test signals initiated by the subscriber, including those for the benefit of an AHJ, shall be acknowledged by central station personnel whenever the subscriber or authority inquires. Any test signal not received by the central station shall be investigated immediately and action shall be taken to reestablish system integrity. NFPA 72-8.2.7.5 Slide 3-39 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-13

Codes & Standards Central Station Service Runner The service provided by a runner at the protected premises, including resetting and silencing of all equipment transmitting fire alarm or supervisory signals to an offpremises location. Runner slides apply only to those accounts that are certificated by Underwriters Laboratory or placarded by FM Global. NFPA 72-3.3.166 Slide 3-40 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Runner A person other than the required number of operators on duty at central, supervising, or runner stations (or otherwise in contact with these stations) available for prompt dispatching, when necessary, to the protected premises. Runner slides apply only to those accounts that are certificated by Underwriters Laboratory or placarded by FM Global. NFPA 72-3.3.165 Slide 3-41 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Runner Service The service provided by a runner at the protected premises, including resetting and silencing of all equipment transmitting fire alarm or supervisory signals to an offpremises location. Runner slides apply only to those accounts that are certificated by Underwriters Laboratory or placarded by FM Global. NFPA 72-3.3.166 Slide 3-42 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-14

Codes & Standards Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Section 3-4 Edison Testing Laboratories (ETL) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-43 ETL Offers a comprehensive range of testing and certification services for both residential and commercial fire/burglar alarms, smoke and CO detectors, personal protective equipment (PPE), as well as locks and electrified access control systems. Tests to existing standards ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-44 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Section 3-5 State Requirements (Arkansas Board of Private Investigators & Private Security Agencies) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-45 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-15

Codes & Standards Private Investigators and Private Security Agencies Act 501-618-8600 http://www.asp.state.ar.us/pl/pl.html ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-46 Company License Classes Class E -Level 1: Burglar Alarm, CCTV, Fire in Group R3- One or two family dwellings Class E -Level 2: Class E -Level 1 & Fire in Group R1 & R2 Buildings with 1 or 2 stories & Group A, less than 15K Feet & Group B except High rise & Groups F, M & S Class E -Level 3: Class E -Level 1 & unrestricted fire Class E M: Monitoring only Class E S: Single Station Fire in One or two family dwellings Class F: Same as Class E for company with 5 registered employees or less Class F M: Monitoring only for company with 5 registered employees or less ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-47 Who Is Covered? Alarm Systems Company Alarm Systems Agent Alarm Systems Monitor Alarm Systems Technician Alarm Systems Apprentice ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-48 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-16

Codes & Standards Alarm Systems Company Any person, firm, association, or corporation that for a fee or other valuable consideration installs, services, sells on site, performs a survey of the premises to be protected, monitors, or responds to electrical, electronic, or mechanical alarm signal devices, burglar alarms, television cameras, or still cameras used to manually or automatically signal or detect burglary, fire, breaking or entering, shoplifting, pilferage, theft, hold-up, or other illegal or unauthorized activity ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-49 Alarm Systems Agent Any individual employed by an alarm systems company who sells on site, performs a survey of the premises to be protected, or responds to alarm signal devices, burglar alarms, or cameras ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-50 Alarm Systems Monitor Any individual employed by an alarm systems company who monitors or responds ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-51 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-17

Codes & Standards Alarm Systems Technician Any individual employed by an alarm systems company who installs, services, or repairs on site ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-52 Alarm Systems Apprentice Any individual employed by an alarm systems company who installs, services, or repairs on site that is supervised by an alarm systems technician, a supervisor of technicians, or a manager ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-53 Upon Termination ID Card return ID card to employer within five (5) notify the board in writing and pay a transfer fee prior to becoming employed with a different agency employer must return card to Board within seven (7) days ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-54 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-18

Codes & Standards Unlawful Acts No licensee, or officer, director, partner, manager, or employee of a licensee, except full-time police officers, shall use a title, wear a uniform, use an insignia, use an identification, or make any statement with the intent to give the impression that he or she is connected in any way with the federal government, a state government, county government, city government, or any political subdivision of a state government. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-55 Unlawful Acts It is unlawful and punishable as provided in 17-40-104 for any person to represent falsely that he or she is employed by a licensee. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-56 Possible Disciplinary Actions Board may revoke, suspend, reprimand, deny registration, license or renewal or fine up to $1000 for each violation ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-57 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-19

Codes & Standards Grounds for Disciplinary Action Made a material misstatement in the application for or renewal of a license, registration, or security officer commission Violation of this act or any Board rule Conviction of a felony, a Class A misdemeanor, a crime involving an act of violence, or a crime involving moral turpitude Practiced fraud, deceit, or misrepresentation; Demonstrated incompetence or untrustworthiness in his or her actions. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-58 Penalties Any person who violates any provision of this chapter is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor. Any person who violates any provision of this chapter within one (1) year of a previous violation is guilty of a Class D felony. No person shall threaten, intimidate, or attempt to unlawfully influence any member of the Arkansas Board of Private Investigators and Private Security Agencies created by 17-40- 201 while the board member is engaged in the duties of the board. Violations of this subsection shall constitute Class A misdemeanors. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 3-59 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 3-20

Communication Paths Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Communication Paths Chapter 4 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-1 Customer s Perspective System s sensor detects problem (burglar if armed, fire, medical, industrial process) Notification device (siren, horn/strobe) is activated unless hold up or duress. Signal sent to monitoring station ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-2 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Digital Communicators Chapter 4-1 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-1

Communication Paths Digital Communicators Means of transmitting alarm signals and other information to a central station, using the customer's existing phone line. To transmit an alarm, the communicator seizes the customer's phone line and electronically dials the central station receiver. When the receiver answers, the communicator sends a message in the form of a sequence of tones. Referred to as Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitters (DACT) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-4 Connection to Phone Service The connection to the regular phone lines is made through the RJ31-X. This provides an FCC approved dividing line between the telephone equipment and our equipment. The RJ31-X, when properly wired, allows the alarm equipment to take priority over the phone lines when alarm signals need to be sent. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-5 RJ31-X Wiring RJ31X Red Green Slate Brown SNI Blue Wh w/ Blu Orange Wh w/ Or ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-6 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-2

Communication Paths Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Central Stations Utilizing POTS Lines Chapter 4-1a ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-7 Central Station POTS Lines Telephone Line Central stations using plain old telephone service (POTS) lines have dedicated telephone lines tied to central station receivers. Receivers encode the digital messages communicated by the digital communicator ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-8 POTS Lines Most receivers provide Caller I.D. Must receive two rings before Caller I.D. is displayed ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-9 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-3

Communication Paths Multiple Lines Underwriters Laboratory and the National Fire Protection Association require multiple phones lines in a hunt group. If one line it busy, the call must re-route to another line. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-10 Receiver Number / Line Card Number Receivers are assigned numbers (or letters) so that multiple dealers or clients can send the same account number. Line cards are also assigned numbers (or letters) to help identify accounts ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-11 Receiver Number / Line Card Number A central station may have multiple accounts sending account number 1-2-3-4. To help identify which client is sending which signal, receivers and their line cards are assigned numbers or letters. These numbers are determined by what phone number the control panel dials. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-12 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-4

Communication Paths Receiver Number / Line Card Number Dialed Number Receiver Type Receiver Number Line Card Number 800-555-0001 Sur Gard MLR2 01 01 800-555-0002 DMP SCS-1R 01 02 800-555-0003 Ademco 685 03 01 800-555-0004 Ademco 685 03 02 800-555-0005 Ademco 685 03 03 800-555-0006 Ademco 685 03 04 800-555-0007 Radionics D6500 06 01 800-555-0008 Radionics D6500 06 01 800-555-0009 Radionics D6500 06 01 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-13 Handshake Tones Digital communicators using processing tones, not voice to communicate. The tone given by the receiver to initiate communication is called the handshake tone. Once the communication is received and verified, the receiver issues a kiss-off tone so the digital communicator knows the signal was received. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-14 Receiver Programming Receivers should be programmed to accept multiple formats. 1400 Hertz (pulse format) 2300 Hertz (pulse format) 2300/1400 Hertz Combination (DTMF) 2225 Hertz (SIA and ITI) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-15 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-5

Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 7 Channel 8 Channel 9 Channel 10 Channel 11 Channel 12 Channel 13 Channel 14 Channel 15 Channel 16 Channel 17 Channel 18 Channel 19 Channel 20 Channel 21 Channel 22 Channel 23 Channel 24 Communication Paths Time Lapse A digital communicator sending SIA format (a relatively fast format) may take 30 seconds to communicate because it is programmed later in the list of available formats. 1400 Hertz (2 seconds) Inter-digit time (2 seconds) 2300 Hertz (2 seconds) Inter-digit time (2 seconds) 2300/1400 Hertz Combination (2 seconds) Inter-digit time (2 seconds) 2225 Hertz (2 seconds) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-16 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Central Stations Utilizing Digital Phone Service Chapter 4-1b ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-17 Digital Phone Service Virtual Receiver Channel Bank Phone Company Smart Jack DS0/T1 From Phone Company ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-18 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-6

Communication Paths Channel Bank Converting the multiplexed digital service into something useable by the virtual receiver is accomplished through a Channel Bank or through a telephone switch ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-19 DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) - is a service sold by telecommunications companies to corporate clients that lets them determine which telephone number was dialed by a customer. This is useful in determining how to answer an inbound call. The telecommunications company sends a DNIS number to the client phone system during the call setup. The DNIS number is typically 4 to 10 digits in length. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-20 ANI Automatic Number Identification (ANI) - is a feature of telephony intelligent network services that permits subscribers to display or capture the telephone numbers of calling parties. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-21 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-7

Channel 1 Inbound Signal Data Channel 2 Inbound Signal Data Channel 3 Inbound Signal Data Channel 4 Inbound Signal Data Channel 5 Inbound Signal Data Channel 6 Inbound Signal Data Channel 7 Inbound Signal Data Channel 8 Inbound Signal Data Channel 9 Inbound Signal Data Channel 10 Inbound Signal Data Channel 11 Inbound Signal Data Channel 12 Inbound Signal Data Channel 13 Inbound Signal Data Channel 14 Inbound Signal Data Channel 15 Inbound Signal Data Channel 16 Inbound Signal Data Channel 17 Inbound Signal Data Channel 18 Inbound Signal Data Channel 19 Inbound Signal Data Channel 20 Inbound Signal Data Channel 21 Inbound Signal Data Channel 22 Inbound Signal Data Channel 23 Inbound Signal Data Channel 24 Data Channel Contains ANI & DNIS of all other 23 channels Communication Paths Digital Phone Service Virtual Receiver PRI Phone Company Smart Jack DS0/T1 From Phone Company ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-22 Virtual Receivers Using DNIS to assign the receiver and line card number, a virtual receiver is able to answer a phone call from any channel and communicate to the central station s automation which client is reporting. There are no assigned receiver numbers or line card numbers. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-23 Dialed Number 800-555-0001 800-555-0002 800-555-0003 800-555-0004 800-555-0005 800-555-0006 800-555-0007 Receiver Number / Line Card Number Receiver Type Virtual Receiver Virtual Receiver Virtual Receiver Virtual Receiver Virtual Receiver Virtual Receiver Virtual Receiver Receiver Number Because any line card can answer any inbound call, we are able to eliminate two phone numbers by employing a virtual receiver. 01 01 03 03 03 03 06 Line Card Number 01 02 01 02 03 04 01 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-24 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-8

Communication Paths Handshake Selection Using Automatic Number Identification (ANI) Virtual Receivers are able to learn the correct handshake and to present it to digital communicators. If a Contact I.D. signal is received from ANI (213) 555-1234, Contact I.D. will be the first handshake tone presented to all phone calls received from that phone number until a new tone is learned. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-25 Digital Communicator Advantages Integrated in almost every control panel Uses client s existing telephone lines Easy to troubleshoot Telephone company provides backup power ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-26 Digital Communicator Disadvantages Clients abandoning conventional phone lines (POTS lines) for cell phones or VoIP. May not communicate reliably over VoIP phones. Telephone service providers are upgrading their switches to VoIP connections. Burglars have learned to cut client s phone lines to disable communicator. Busy signals at high traffic times ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-27 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-9

Communication Paths Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Internet Chapter 4-2 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-28 What is the Internet? The Internet is a global system of interconnected computer networks that use the standardized Internet Protocol Suite (TCP/IP). It is a network of networks that consists of millions of private and public, academic, business, and government networks of local to global scope that are linked by copper wires, fiber optic cables, wireless connections, and other technologies. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-29 Internet ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-30 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-10

Communication Paths Broadband Required For customers to attach an electronic security system to the internet, a broadband connection (large bandwidth, always on) is required. Examples of broadband include: DSL and Cable Modem ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-31 IP Address Internet Protocol address A unique number that devices use in order to identify and communicate with each other on a network Used to route messages. Given to you by your Internet Service Provider (ISP) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-32 IP Address Format 32-bit numeric address written as four numbers separated by periods. Each number can be zero to 255. Example: 67.160.10.240. Think of it as your street address or internet telephone number ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-33 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-11

Communication Paths Assigning IP Addresses On an isolated network you can assign IP addresses at random as long as each one is unique. Connecting to the Internet requires using registered IP addresses to avoid duplicates. Street address registered with Post Office so you get mail ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-34 Static or Dynamic Address Static Address is assigned and remains until changed (central station MUST have a static IP address) Dynamic Address is assigned each time the computer or modem connects ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-35 DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Lets network administrators centrally manage and automate the assignment of Internet Protocol (IP) addresses in an organization's network. A unique IP address, which is assigned when an Internet connection is created for a specific computer. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-36 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-12

Communication Paths Router vs Switch Router acts as a junction between two networks to transfer data packets among them. Switch that connects devices to form a Local Area Network (LAN). Router is the intersection to connect to a street- Switch is the street each house has a fixed address ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-37 68.65.166.173 192.168.1.1 Client s Network Switch Router IP Address 68.65.166.173 192.168.1.1 Laptop 192.168.1.2 Workstation #1 192.168.1.2 Workstation #2 192.168.1.3 Workstation #3 192.168.1.4 DVR 192.168.1.151 Electronic Security System 192.168.1.150 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-38 Central Station s Network Switch Router IP Address 138.95.14.48 192.168.1.1 Sur Gard System III DMP SCS 1R Osborne Hoffman 2000 Radionics D6600 192.168.1.2 192.168.1.3 192.168.1.4 192.168.1.5 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-39 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-13

Communication Paths Firewall Program or hardware device that filters the information coming through the Internet connection into your private network or computer system. If an incoming packet of information is flagged by the filters, it is not allowed through. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-40 Firewalls Can Block Specific IP Address- e.g.:216.27.61.137 Specific Domain Name e.g.: www.alarm.org Specific Protocols- e.g.: http, ip, smtp Specific Port numbers- e.g.: 80, 21 Specific Words ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-41 Getting thru the Firewall Add your IP Address, Domain Name, Protocols, Port numbers or Words to the approved list Or Remove it from the bad list List may be at the firewall or on the internet or both ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-42 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-14

Communication Paths Ports Any server machine makes its services available to the Internet using numbered ports, one for each service that is available on the server. Clients connect to a service at a specific IP address and on a specific port. Common Port Numbers (nonsecurity related) echo 7 daytime 13 qotd 17 (Quote of the Day) ftp 21 telnet 23 smtp 25 (Simple Mail Transfer, meaning e-mail) time 37 nameserver 53 nicname 43 (Who Is) gopher 70 finger 79 WWW 80 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-43 Ports Common port numbers used by electronic security systems (default) Bosch Port 7700 DMP Port 2001 DSC Ports 3060-3066 Firelite Port 3000 GE Port 9997-9999 Honeywell AlarmNET Port 80 Napco Port 5001 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-44 Simple Router Programming Port forwarding page (Network Address Translation) programming page of a simple Linksys router. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-45 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-15

Communication Paths Internet Communicator Advantages Fast Small bandwidth Great for clients that have VoIP telephone service or internet and cell phones but no home telephone Does not disconnect other devices while communicating (doesn t need line seizure) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-46 Internet Communicator Disadvantages All devices (routers, switches, and hubs) used in the communication path need backup power Backup power provided by client (hopefully) IT Departments Training alarm technicians to be IT Departments Proprietary receivers ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-47 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Cellular Chapter 4-3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-48 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-16

Communication Paths Cellular Communicators Cellular communicators use a cell phone network (radio frequency) to communicate to: PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network Internet that then communicate to the central station ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-49 What is GSM? Global System for Mobile Communications Developed in 1990s One of the leading digital cellular networks Most popular standard for mobile phones in the world. approximately 80% of the world s market Open standard with roaming capability Both signaling and speech channels are digital. Higher digital voice quality and text messaging ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-50 Cellular Terms GSM = Global System for Mobile Communications One of the leading digital cellular networks Approximately 70% of the world s market GPRS = General Packet Radio Service Enables wireless data transmission Similar to dial handshake transmission kiss-off using Internet Protocol instead of DTMF SMS = Short Message Service OK for up to 160 alpha-numeric characters Not a direct connection send and pray or send/receive as separate operations ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-51 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-17

Communication Paths Cellular Coverage Source: Verizon ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-52 Cellular Advantages Great for clients with no home phone. Difficult to defeat Expanding cellular coverage Reliable Cost effective ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-53 Cellular Disadvantages Additional fees Additional points of failure Dropped calls ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-54 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-18

Communication Paths Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Radio Chapter 4-4 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-55 Radio Communicators Unlike digital communicators, internet communicators, and cellular communicators, radio communicators do NOT involve a third party (phone or company) for service. Radio systems are generally maintained by the alarm company. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-56 Radio Frequency The Federal Communication Commission (FCC) has set aside radio frequencies for use in alarm communications. Frequency allocation may be viewed at: www.fcc.gov/oet/spectrum/table/fcctable.pdf ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-57 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-19

Communication Paths Radio Frequency The Federal Communication Commission (FCC) limits the power of the radio communicators to two watts. Limiting the power of the transmitter also limits the range of the radio signal. Exceptions may be made. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-58 One-way Radio Communicators Digital Alarm Radio Transmitters (DART) communicate without receiving any acknowledgement from the Digital Alarm Radio Receiver (DARR). Multiple transmissions are communicated in attempt to ensure that at least one transmission is received. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-59 Repeaters ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-60 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-20

Communication Paths Two-way Radio Communicators Digital Alarm Radio Transmitters (DART) communicate and receive an acknowledgement from the Digital Alarm Radio Receiver (DARR). If the signal is not received, the transmitter re-transmits the signal again. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-61 Two-way communicator ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-62 Transceiver A device capable of sending and receiving signals. Transceiver Unit ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-63 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-21

Communication Paths Two-way Radio Network ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-64 Radio Advantages Great for clients with no home phone. Difficult to defeat Expanding radio network coverage Reliable Cost effective No third party service provider Fire communicator without backup ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-65 Radio Disadvantages No third party service provider Limited range Inability to up/download panels ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 4-66 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 4-22

Formats Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Communication Formats Chapter 5 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-1 Every Monitored Account Needs Receiver Phone Number / IP Address / Frequency Account Number Communication Format ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-2 Receiver Phone Number / IP Address The phone number or IP Address that the control panel needs to reach your central station receiver * Remember, fire systems have special requirements. See NFPA 72, Chapter 8 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 5-1

Formats Account Number Typically 3 6 digit number that identifies home or business May have a receiver and line card number, in front of the actual number that you program 01 05 1234 Receiver Line Card Account Number ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-4 Duplicate Accounts Caution The same line card number and account number may be used on another receiver in the same central station Make sure you select the right phone number or IP address ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-5 Communication Format The control communicator at the alarm site sends digital data to a receiver at a monitoring center The format is like the language (English, French, etc.) The format used at the control communicator must match the format used at the receiver ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-6 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 5-2

Formats Common Formats Contact I.D. SIA Modem IIIa 2 Modem IIe DMP ITI 4 x 2 3 x 1 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-7 Communication Format Contact I.D. Uses DTMF (touch tones) Includes a four digit account number, one digit event code, three digit event identifier, two digit area, three digit zone/user number. Example: 1234 E 134 01 001 and 1234 R 134 01 001 Where: 1234 = Account number E or R = Alarm or Restore 134 = Delay perimeter zone 01 = Area number 001 = Zone number ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-8 Communication Format SIA Uses binary frequency shift keying (BFSK). Format may also include a number (1, 3, 8, 20) that represents how many signals are sent during each phone call. Examples: FA1 BA03 OP006 1 Includes: Four digit account number, Event (FA=Fire Alarm; BA=Burglary Alarm; OP=Opening), Zone/User Number, and may include an area/partition. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-9 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 5-3

Formats Communication Format Modem IIIa 2 and Modem IIe Formats that are proprietary to Bosch (formerly Radionics and Detection System) panels. Four to ten digit account number, one digit identifier, three digit user/zone number, point text. Examples: 1234 A 001 Alarm Zone 1 Back Door 1234 R 001 Restore Zone 1 Back Door 1234 N D25 Test Signal ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-10 Communication Format DMP Uses Synchronous Data Link Control (SDLC), a networking communication format invented by IBM. Reports up to 47 Characters including keypad displayed information: Example: 1234 Area: 01 Main Bldg Open: User 101 John Doe ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-11 Communication Format ITI Format type that includes a five digit account number, one digit event identifier, and three digit user/zone number. Examples: 12-345 A001 12-345 W001 12-345 R001 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-12 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 5-4

Formats Communication Format Pulse Including 3x1, 3x1 extended, 3x2, 4x2, and 4x3. May include hexi-decimal (replacing numbers with letters). First number is number of digits in account number. Second number represents the number of digits in the event code. Examples: 123 1 (3x1 format, account # 123, event type 1) 123 01 (3x2 format, account # 123, event type 01) 1234 16 (4x2 format, account # 1234, event/zone 16) 1234 E6 (4x2 format, account # 1234, event E, zone 6) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-13 Communication Format Pulse Because larger electronic security systems needed to be able to extract more data than a two digit event code (00-99), hexi-decimal characters were introduced. 10 pulses = A 13 pulses = D 11 pulses = B 14 pulses = E 12 pulses = C 15 pulses = F ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-14 Communication Format Pulse Lack of standardization was a huge problem. Alarm company ABC send alarms as B? (where the? is the zone number) and openings as F? (where? is the user number). Alarm company XYZ send closings as B? (where? is the user number) and panics as F? (where? is the zone number). ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-15 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 5-5

Formats Communication Format Pulse After many years, a hexi-decimal standard was developed and implemented by most companies. A = Alarm B = Opening C = Closing D = Cancel E = Restore F = Trouble ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 5-16 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 5-6

Signals Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Signals Chapter 6 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-1 Signals Pr imary Automation Secondary Automation a/b switch Primary Central Station Receiver From Client s Home or Business via phone line, internet, cellular or radio. a/b switch Secondary Central Station Receiver Primary Printer Secondary Printer ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-2 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Central Station Automation Chapter 6-1 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 6-1

Signals Definitions Server System entity that provides a service in response to requests from other system entities called workstations or clients. Workstation A system entity that requests and uses a service provided by another system entity, called a "server." In some cases, the server may itself be a workstation or client of some other server. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-4 Signals to Traffic (alternate) IP Connection from receiver Switch IP Connection Server Receiver Workstation Alternate Serial connection Operator Workstation #1 Operator Workstation #2 Operator Workstation #3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-5 Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Signal Types ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-6 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 6-2

Signals Types of Alarm Signals Fire Alarm A signal that reports a fire, water flowing in a sprinkler system, or dangerous conditions such as smoke or overheated materials that may combust spontaneously Proper Response- Call requesting public safety dispatch unless local AHJ allows you to make a call to verify first ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-7 Types of Alarm Signals Holdup Alarm A silent alarm signal generated by the manual activation of a device intended to signal a robbery in progress Proper Response- Call requesting public safety dispatch, then attempt to verify the validity of the signal ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-8 Types of Alarm Signals Emergency or Panic Alarm An audible alarm system signal generated by the manual activation of a device intended to signal a life threatening or emergency situation requiring law enforcement response Proper Response- Attempt to reach a responsible party at the alarm site. If that contact fails, call requesting public safety dispatch ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-9 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 6-3

Signals Types of Alarm Signals Ambush or Duress Alarm A silent signal generated by the entry of a designated code into an arming station in order to signal that the alarm user is being forced to turn off the system and requires law enforcement response Proper Response- Call requesting public safety dispatch, then attempt to verify the validity of the signal ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-10 Types of Alarm Signals Medical Alarm A signal generated by the pressing of a button on a pendant or keypad signaling that medical response is needed Proper Response- Call requesting public safety dispatch, then attempt to verify the validity of the signal ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-11 Types of Alarm Signals Burglar Alarm Usually audible signal indicating a burglary or break in Proper Response- Attempt to reach a responsible party at the alarm site. If that contact fails, call a different phone number, usually the cell phone of a responsible party, in an attempt to verify the validity of the alarm signal prior to requesting public safety dispatch (Enhanced Call Verification or ECV) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-12 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 6-4

Signals Other Types of Signals Responsible party should be contacted. Public Safety should not be dispatched. Trouble- A signal indicative of a fault in a monitored circuit or component Supervisory- A signal indicating the need for action in connection with the supervision of guard tours, the fire suppression systems or equipment, or the maintenance features of related systems ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-13 Other Types of Signals Responsible party should be contacted. Public Safety should not be dispatched. Late to Close- Alarm system has not been armed by the agreed upon time deadline Late to Open- Alarm system has not been disarmed, and there is a time deadline beyond which the user wants to be sure that the premises are occupied Unexpected Openings- Alarm system has been disarmed at a time outside the normal schedule Closing or Recent Closing- Signal indicating that the security system has recently been armed. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-14 Other Types of Signals Responsible party should be contacted. Public Safety should not be dispatched. Low Battery- Indicates when battery is almost dead AC Power Fail- Indicates that primary AC power has failed Industrial Process Alarm- A signal that reports off normal condition for a wide variety of commercial and industrial processes, including sump-pump operations, water levels, pressures and temperatures, chemical processes, and special furnace operations ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-15 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 6-5

Signals Other Types of Signals Responsible party should be contacted. Public Safety should not be dispatched. Reset or Restoral- Indicates that a device is restored to its original or normal condition Cancel- Indicates that the previous alarm signal, or alarm in process, is to be disregarded. Test Signal- Sent in an effort to confirm proper operation of the equipment Late to Test Signal- Failure to receive an anticipated test signal at the scheduled time. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-16 Other Types of Signals Responsible party should be contacted. Public Safety should not be dispatched. Exit Error- A signal produced when an entry/exit zone is still violated at the expiration of the Exit Time Test Initiation Report- At the initiation of a test, the control panel sends a message to the central station that a test is in progress Test Termination Report- When a test is terminated, the control panel sends a message to the central station that the test is over ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 6-17 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 6-6

Dispatching Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Dispatching Chapter 7 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-1 Checking Special Instructions The first step in the dispatching process is to look for special instructions on the account. Examples of special instructions may include: Directions to the site Verification procedures Authorized personnel for other special instructions (only Michael Joseph may authorize the dispatching of the police department) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-2 Previous History The second step in the dispatching process is the view the account s previous history. If the account was recently dispatched on (e.g. within the last 15 minutes), no response my be necessary ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-3 ASAA Level 1 Course ASAA 2012 7-1

Dispatching Communication Speak clearly Speak concisely Identify yourself and company Give necessary information site name address (every time) zone information ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-4 Premise Verification Standard verification is the attempt by monitoring facility personnel to verify that an emergency does not appear to exist at the monitored premises, by means of a telephone call, voice contact or other electronic means. CSAA CS-V-01 Standard ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-5 Enhanced Call Verification (ECV) Enhanced Verification is the attempt by monitoring facility personnel to verify that no emergency appears to exist, at the monitored premises, by means of more thorough procedures such as two (2) or more verification calls, live audio or video, cross zoning, other means or a combination of these procedures. CSAA CS-V-01 Standard ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-6 ASAA Level 1 Course ASAA 2012 7-2

Dispatching Electronic Verification An electronic signal transmitted to the monitoring facility that indicates to its personnel or to its dispatch computer that no emergency appears to exist. A Cancel or Abort Signal is an example of electronic verification CSAA CS-V-01 Standard ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-7 Verbal Verification A personal contact by means of telephone or audio conversation with an authorized pass code holder or other authorized person for the protected premises to verify that no emergency exists. CSAA CS-V-01 Standard ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-8 Video Verification An electronic picture, pictures or images viewing an area of the protected premises from which an alarm signal has been received which permits monitoring facility personnel to view the area which has an alarm to verify an emergency condition exists or alternately that no emergency appears to exist. CSAA CS-V-01 Standard ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-9 ASAA Level 1 Course ASAA 2012 7-3

Dispatching Cross Zone / Double Knock The application of redundant detection devices such that one motion detector or one photoelectric beam paired with some other device such as another motion detector, photo-electric beam, door contact or door contacts, to cover generally the same area. An alarm is recognized when both detectors in the pair are triggered. CSAA CS-V-01 Standard ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-10 Verification Recommended (may be required in some jurisdictions) Residential fire signals (cannot delay the reporting more than 90 seconds) Medical signals Burglary signals Inactivity signals All other signals NOT requiring public safety response ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-11 Verification NOT Recommended Commercial fire signals Holdup / Duress / Panic signals ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-12 ASAA Level 1 Course ASAA 2012 7-4

Dispatching Premise Verification If busy, call back. The operator should receive a busy signal three (3) times before continuing down the call list. The operator should let the phone ring six (6) times before continuing down the call list. ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-13 Premise Verification If the telephone is answered, the monitoring facility personnel shall obtain pass code verification or other electronic identification that the person is authorized to be on the premises. Upon receipt of correct identification, and the authorized person states that no emergency exists, responding entities shall not be notified or shall be recalled, if already notified, and the alarm is considered aborted. CSAA CS-V-01 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-14 Premise Verification If no code or authorization is provided, the monitoring facility personnel shall attempt to reach an authorized person off premises to verify the authenticity of the on premises person, and failing that shall make a Notification Call. If the person(s) contacted cannot be identified by a valid identification code within a reasonable time after the contact, the monitoring facility personnel shall make a Notification Call. CSAA CS-V-01 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-15 ASAA Level 1 Course ASAA 2012 7-5

Dispatching No hints! Premise Verification If a client doesn t know their password or passcode, no hints should be given to help them remember their verification code! ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-16 Reminder The policy is to follow your call list. To do anything but follow the call list requires a passcode be given. Examples include: not dispatching public service (if they are on the call list) to cancel public service after having dispatched them call someone other than those responsible parties on the call list to skip a person on the call list ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-17 Dispatching Speak clearly Speak concisely Identify yourself and company Give necessary information site name address (every time) zone information give directions, if necessary ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-18 ASAA Level 1 Course ASAA 2012 7-6

Dispatching Dispatching Give permit number Advise if responsible parties are responding estimated time of arrival (ETA) vehicle description Call back phone number Dispatcher s name or badge number ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-19 Calling Responsible Parties Speak clearly Speak concisely Identify yourself and company Give necessary information site name address (every time) zone information (back door, upstairs smoke alarm, late to open, trouble signal) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-20 Calling Responsible Parties Ask if they can meet public safety, if they have been dispatched Get estimated time of arrival (ETA) Get vehicle description Call until responsible party is reached Advise public safety of response ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-21 ASAA Level 1 Course ASAA 2012 7-7

Dispatching Comments After completing the phone calls, leave clear comments so that other operators know EXACTLY what actions you took and why you took them. Remember you may be on a witness stand explaining your actions or inactions!! ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-22 Follow Up Most signals will be place on hold, pending further action Many signals will need a restore signal before clearing them Some municipalities still allow follow up phone calls to determine the cause of the alarm ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 7-23 ASAA Level 1 Course ASAA 2012 7-8

Operator Communications Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Operator Communications Chapter 8 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 8-1 Customer Service Central station operators are the first line of defense in customer service. Answer phones for one company or for many companies Regional company or national (or global) company or companies? Offering help with system operation? ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 8-2 Customer Service Placing the system into and out of test Other non-central station related activity (billing, complaints, etc.) ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 8-3 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 8-1

Operator Communications After an event Burglary alarm systems don t prevent burglaries. Fire alarm systems don t prevent fires. Central station operators may take phone calls from clients after a burglary, fire, or a system failure ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 8-4 Dealing with Technicians Placing the system into and out of test Answering questions about signal history ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 8-5 Data Entry One of the most critical functions of the central station is accurately entering a client s data into the central station software. Zone 1 =? Password/Passcode =? Call when the alarm is tripped ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 8-6 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 8-2

Operator Communications Mental stress Physical stress Cleanliness Hygiene Safety Personalities Other Operators ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 Slide 8-7 ASAA Central Station Course ASAA 2012 8-3

Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Appendix Material

100 Medical A non-specific medical condition exists 101 Personal Emergency Emergency Assistance request 102 Fail to report in A user has failed to activate a monitoring device 110 Fire A non-specific fire alarm condition exists 111 Smoke An alarm has been triggered by a smoke detector 112 Combustion An alarm has been triggered by a combustion detector 113 Water Flow An alarm has been triggered by a water flow detector 114 Heat An alarm has been triggered by a heat detector 115 Pull Station A pull station has been activated 116 Duct An alarm has been triggered by a duct detector 117 Flame An alarm has been triggered by a flame detector 118 Near Alarm A near-alarm condition has been detected on a fire sensor 120 Panic A non-specific hold-up alarm exists 121 Duress A duress code has been entered by a user 122 Silent A silent hold-up alarm exists 123 Audible An audible hold-up alarm exists 124 Duress Access granted A duress code has been entered and granted at an entry door 125 Duress Egress granted A duress code has been entered and granted at an exit door 126 Hold-up suspicion print A user has activated a trigger to indicate a suspicious condition 130 Burglary A burglary zone has been violated while armed 131 Perimeter A perimeter zone has been violated while armed 132 Interior An interior zone has been violated while armed 133 24 Hour (Safe) A 24 hour burglary zone has been violated 134 Entry/Exit An Entry/Exit zone has been violated while armed 135 Day/Night An trouble by Day / alarm by Night zone has been violated while armed 136 Outdoor An outdoor burglary zone has been violated while armed 137 Tamper A burglary zone has been tampered with while armed 138 Near alarm A burg sensor has detected a condition which will cause it to go into alarm if the condition worsens 139 Intrusion Verifier The specified zone has verified that an intrusion has occurred 140 General Alarm The specified zone is in an alarm condition 141 Polling loop open An open circuit condition has been detected on a polling loop while the system was armed 142 Polling loop short A short circuit condition has been detected on a polling loop while the system was armed 143 Expansion module failure A general failure condition has been detected on an expansion module while the system was armed 144 Sensor tamper A sensor's tamper has been violated (case opened) 145 Expansion module tamper An expansion module's tamper has been violated (cabinet opened) 146 Silent Burglary A burglary zone has been violated while armed with no audible notification produced 147 Sensor Supervision Failure A sensor's supervisory circuit has reported a failure while the system was armed 150 24 Hour Non-Burglary A non-burglary zone has been faulted 151 Gas detected The gas detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 152 Refrigeration The refrigeration detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 153 Loss of heat The temperature detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 154 Water Leakage The water leak detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 155 Foil Break The specified zone which is assigned to foil used as glass break detection has reported a fault condition 156 Day Trouble The specified zone which monitors trouble by day has reported a fault condition while disarmed 157 Low bottled gas level The gas level detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 158 High temp The over-temperature detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition

159 Low temp The under-temperature detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 161 Loss of air flow The air flow detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 162 Carbon Monoxide detected The carbon monoxide detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 163 Tank level The tank level detector assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 200 Fire Supervisory The supervisory circuit of the specified fire zone has reported a fault condition 201 Low water pressure The water pressure sensor assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 202 Low CO2 The CO2 pressure sensor assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 203 Gate valve sensor The gate valve sensor in the fire sprinkler system assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 204 Low water level The water level sensor assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 205 Pump activated The pump activity detector assigned to the specified zone has reported an active condition 206 Pump failure A pump output monitor assigned to the specified zone has reported a fault condition 300 System Trouble A general system trouble condition has been reported by the specified zone 301 AC Loss AC power loss has been detected at a control or expansion module while the system was disarmed 302 Low system battery A battery has failed a load test while the system was disarmed 303 RAM Checksum bad A test of the system's memory has failed 304 ROM checksum bad A test of the system's executable memory has failed 305 System reset The system has reset and restarted 306 Panel programming changed The programmed configuration of the panel has changed 307 Self-test failure The system has failed a self-test 308 System shutdown The system has been shut down and has stopped functioning 309 Battery test failure The system backup battery has failed a load test while the system was disarmed 310 Ground fault The panel has detected a ground fault condition 311 Battery Missing/Dead The system has detected that the backup battery is either missing or completely discharged. 312 Power Supply Overcurrent The system power supply has reported an excessive current draw condition 313 Engineer Reset The specified service person has issued a system reset The system's primary power supply has failed a supervision test. Radio devices indicate this when the backup battery charging circuit has failed its supervision test 314 Radio battery charger failure 320 Sounder/Relay A trouble condition exists in the system's sounder/relay circuit 321 Bell 1 A trouble condition exists in the primary bell circuit 322 Bell 2 A trouble condition exists in the secondary bell circuit 323 Alarm relay A trouble condition exists in the system's alarm relay circuit 324 Trouble relay A trouble condition exists in the system's trouble relay circuit 325 Reversing relay The specified TELCO reversing relay has reported a trouble condition 326 Notification Appliance Ckt. # 3 A trouble condition exists in the bell #3 circuit 327 Notification Appliance Ckt. #4 A trouble condition exists in the bell #4 circuit 330 System Peripheral trouble A system peripheral device has reported a trouble condition 331 Polling loop open An open circuit condition has been detected on a polling loop while the system was disarmed 332 Polling loop short A short circuit condition has been detected on a polling loop while the system was disarmed 333 Expansion module failure A general failure condition has been detected on an expansion module while the system was disarmed 334 Repeater failure A repeater in the system has reported a failure condition while the system was disarmed 335 Local printer out of paper The printer attached to the panel has reported an Out Of Paper condition 336 Local printer failure The printer attached to the panel has reported a failure condition 337 Exp. Module Power Loss An expansion module has detected a DC power loss 338 Exp. Module Low Battery An expansion module has detected a low battery condition 339 Exp. Module Power On / Reset An expansion module has reset

341 Exp. Module Tamper An expansion module has detected its tamper switch has been faulted 342 Exp. Module AC Loss An expansion module has detected the loss of AC power 343 Exp. Module self-test fail An expansion module has failed a self-test An RF receiver has detected the presence of a jamming signal which prevents it from receiving normal signals from the system RF devices 344 RF Receiver Jam Detect 350 Communication Path Failure The system has experienced difficulties communicating with the central station 351 Telco 1 fault The system has detected a fault on the primary dial-up line 352 Telco 2 fault The system has detected a fault on the secondary dial-up line 353 Long Range Radio xmitter fault A fault has been detected in the long range radio subsystem 354 Failure to communicate event The system was unable to communicate an event to the central station 355 Loss of Radio ECP supervision The radio has not reported in its designated supervision interval 356 Loss of central polling The radio has detected a loss in the polling signal from it's associated receiver 357 Long Range Radio VSWR problem The Long Range Radio has reported a transmitter/antenna problem 358 Periodic Comm Test Fail /Restore A periodic Communication path test has failed 370 Protection loop The specified protection loop has reported a trouble condition 371 Protection loop open The specified protection loop has reported an open-loop trouble condition 372 Protection loop short The specified protection loop has reported a shorted-loop trouble condition 373 Fire trouble A fire sensor has detected a trouble condition on the specified zone while the system was disarmed 374 Exit error alarm (zone) An exit error condition has been reported for the specified alarm zone 375 Panic zone trouble The system has detected a trouble condition on the panic zone 376 Hold-up zone trouble The system has detected a trouble condition on the hold-up zone 377 Swinger Trouble A fault has occurred on a zone that has been shut down due to excessive alarms The specified zone in a cross-zone configuration has faulted without a fault on its corresponding cross-zone in a specific time period 378 Cross-zone Trouble 380 Sensor trouble The specified sensor has reported a trouble condition 381 Loss of supervision - RF The specified zone has failed to report in during its designated supervision period 382 Loss of supervision - RPM An Remote Polled Module assigned to the specified zone has failed supervision 383 Sensor tamper The tamper switch on the specified sensor has been faulted 384 RF low battery The specified battery powered RF zone has reported a low battery condition 385 Smoke detector Hi sensitivity A smoke detector's sensitivity level has drifted to the upper limit 386 Smoke detector Low sensitivity A smoke detector's sensitivity level has drifted to the lower limit 387 Intrusion detector Hi sensitivity An intrusion detector's sensitivity level has drifted to the upper limit 388 Intrusion detector Low sensitivity An intrusion detector's sensitivity level has drifted to the lower limit 389 Sensor self-test failure The specified sensor has failed a self-test 391 Sensor Watch trouble A motion sensor has not been triggered within a pre-defined time interval 392 Drift Compensation Error A smoke detector cannot automatically adjust its sensitivity 393 Maintenance Alert The specified zone requires maintenance 394 CO Detector needs replacement The specified Carbon Monoxide detector has reached end-of-life 400 Open/Close The specified user has disarmed/armed the system 401 O/C by user The specified user has disarmed/armed the system 402 Group O/C A group of zones has been armed or disarmed 403 Automatic O/C A partition has been automatically armed or disarmed 404 Late to O/C (Note: use 453 or 454 instead) Late to Open or Close 405 Deferred O/C (Obsolete- do not use ) Deferred Open or Close 406 Cancel The specified user has cancelled the previously reported alarm condition 407 Remote arm/disarm The specified user has armed or disarmed the system from off-premises

408 Quick arm The specified user has quick-armed the system 409 Keyswitch O/C The specified user has armed or disarmed the system using a keyswitch 411 Callback request made A remote site (central station) has requested the panel call it back 412 Successful download/access The configuration data of the system has been successfully downloaded 413 Unsuccessful access A number of failed attempts have been made to remotely access the system 414 System shutdown command received A central station has sent a system shutdown command to the panel 415 Dialer shutdown command received A central station has sent a dialer shutdown command to the panel 416 Successful Upload The configuration data of the system has been successfully uploaded 421 Access denied The access control system has denied access to the specified user 422 Access report by user 423 Forced Access The specified access control door has been forced open 424 Egress Denied The access control system has denied egress to the specified user 425 Egress Granted The access control system has granted egress for the specified user 426 Access Door propped open The specified access control door has been held open 427 Access point Door Status Monitor trouble The specified Access Point's Door Status Monitor has reported a trouble condition to the panel 428 Access point Request To Exit trouble The specified Access Point's Request To Exit zone has reported a trouble condition to the panel 429 Access program mode entry The access control system has been put into program mode 430 Access program mode exit The access control system has exited program mode 431 Access threat level change The access control system's threat level has been changed 432 Access relay/trigger fail The specified access control output device has failed to operate properly 433 Access RTE shunt The specified Request To Exit zone has been shunted and will no longer report activity 434 Access DSM shunt The specified Door Status Monitor zone has been shunted and will no longer report activity 435 Second Person Access A second person has accessed an access point conforming to Two-Man-Rule requirements 436 Irregular Access 441 Armed STAY The specified user has armed the system in STAY mode 442 Keyswitch Armed STAY The specified user has armed the system in STAY mode using a keyswitch 443 Armed with System Trouble Override The specified user has armed the system while overriding a trouble condition 450 Exception O/C The system has been armed or disarmed outside of the configured time window 451 Early O/C The system has been disarmed/armed by the specified user before the configured time window has started 452 Late O/C The system has been disarmed/armed by the specified user after the configured time window has ended 453 Failed to Open The system has failed to have been disarmed during the designated time window 454 Failed to Close The system has failed to be armed during the designated time window 455 Auto-arm Failed The system has failed to automatically arm itself at the designated time 456 Partial Arm The system has been only partially armed by the specified user 457 Exit Error (user) The specified user has made an error exiting the premises after arming the system 458 User on Premises A user has disarmed the system after an alarm has occurred 459 Recent Close The system had been armed within the last xx minutes 461 Wrong Code Entry 462 Legal Code Entry 463 Re-arm after Alarm 464 Auto-arm Time Extended A user has successfully requested that the system delay automatically arming 465 Panic Alarm Reset The specified panic zone has been reset 466 Service On/Off Premises A service person has entered or left the premises 501 Access reader disable The credential reader on the specified access point has been disabled

520 Sounder/Relay Disable The specified sounder or relay has been disabled 521 Bell 1 disable The specified output for Bell 1 has been disabled 522 Bell 2 disable The specified output for Bell 2 has been disabled 523 Alarm relay disable The specified alarm relay has been disabled 524 Trouble relay disable The specified trouble relay has been disabled 525 Reversing relay disable The specified reversing relay has been disabled 526 Notification Appliance Ckt. # 3 disable The specified output for Bell 3 has been disabled 527 Notification Appliance Ckt. # 4 disable The specified output for Bell 4 has been disabled 531 Module Added The specified access control module has been added to the system 532 Module Removed The specified access control module has been removed from the system 551 Dialer disabled The specified dialer has been disabled 552 Radio transmitter disabled The specified radio transmitter has been disabled 553 Remote Upload/Download disabled Remote configuration has been enabled 570 Zone/Sensor bypass The specified zone or sensor has been bypassed 571 Fire bypass The specified fire zone has been bypassed 572 24 Hour zone bypass The specified 24 hour zone has been bypassed 573 Burg. Bypass The specified burglary zone has been bypassed 574 Group bypass A group of zones has been bypassed 575 Swinger bypass The specified zone which has reported an excessive number of faults/restores in a short period of time has been bypassed 576 Access zone shunt The specified zone in the access control system has been shunted and will no longer report activity The specified access point in the access control system has been bypassed and will allow the door to open 577 Access point bypass (unsecured) 578 Vault Bypass The specified vault zone has been bypassed 579 Vent Zone Bypass The specified vent zone has been bypassed and will no longer report any activity 601 Manual trigger test report A test report has been triggered manually 602 Periodic test report A periodic test report has been triggered 603 Periodic RF transmission A periodic RF path test report has been triggered 604 Fire test The specified user has initiated a test of the fire alarm zones 605 Status report to follow 606 Listen-in to follow The system is about to activate a 2-way audio session 607 Walk test mode The specified user has placed the system into the walk-test mode for testing purposes 608 Periodic test - System Trouble Present A periodic test has been triggered but the fire system has a trouble condition present 609 Video Xmitter active A video look-in session is about to begin 611 Point tested OK The specified point tested successfully 612 Point not tested The specified point has not been tested 613 Intrusion Zone Walk Tested The specified intrusion zone has been successfully walk-tested 614 Fire Zone Walk Tested The specified fire zone has been successfully walk-tested 615 Panic Zone Walk Tested The specified panic zone has been successfully walk-tested 616 Service Request A request has been made for system servicing 621 Event Log reset The event log has been reset and all stored events have been discarded 622 Event Log 50% full The event log is 50% full 623 Event Log 90% full The event log is 90% full 624 Event Log overflow The event log has overflowed and events have been lost 625 Time/Date reset The time and date have been reset to a new value by the specified user 626 Time/Date inaccurate The system time and date is known to be in error

627 Program mode entry The system has been placed into program mode 628 Program mode exit The system has exited program mode In the last 31.9 hours (1 and 1/3 days), nothing has been posted to the event log. There is nothing new to read. Does not send to central station and only occurs in the Vista-20/SE and FA sister products. 629 32 Hour Event log marker 630 Schedule change The specified fire/burglary schedule has been changed 631 Exception schedule change The time schedule for event reporting by exception has been changed 632 Access schedule change The specified access control schedule has been changed 641 Senior Watch Trouble A person has not activated a motion sensor in a specified period 642 Latch-key Supervision A child has disarmed the system (after school) 651 Reserved for Ademco Use 652 Reserved for Ademco Use 653 Reserved for Ademco Use 654 System Inactivity System has not been operated for x days 655 User Code X modified by Installer The Installer has modified the specified User's code 703 Auxiliary #3 704 Installer Test 750 User Assigned CID Message 751 User Assigned CID Message 752 User Assigned CID Message 753 User Assigned CID Message 754 User Assigned CID Message 755 User Assigned CID Message 756 User Assigned CID Message 757 User Assigned CID Message 758 User Assigned CID Message 759 User Assigned CID Message 760 User Assigned CID Message 761 User Assigned CID Message 762 User Assigned CID Message 763 User Assigned CID Message 764 User Assigned CID Message 765 User Assigned CID Message 766 User Assigned CID Message 767 User Assigned CID Message 768 User Assigned CID Message 769 User Assigned CID Message 770 User Assigned CID Message 771 User Assigned CID Message 772 User Assigned CID Message 773 User Assigned CID Message 774 User Assigned CID Message 775 User Assigned CID Message 776 User Assigned CID Message 777 User Assigned CID Message 778 User Assigned CID Message 779 User Assigned CID Message

780 User Assigned CID Message 781 User Assigned CID Message 782 User Assigned CID Message 783 User Assigned CID Message 784 User Assigned CID Message 785 User Assigned CID Message 786 User Assigned CID Message 787 User Assigned CID Message 788 User Assigned CID Message 789 User Assigned CID Message 796 Unable to output signal (Derived Channel 798 STU Controller down (Derived Channel) 900 Download Abort The specified Downloader ID has aborted a download sequence in progress 901 Download Start/End Downloader has started or ended a download sequence to the panel 902 Download Interrupted A download sequence has been interrupted 910 Auto-close with Bypass An auto-close sequence has been started and the specified zone has been bypassed 911 Bypass Closing 912 Fire Alarm Silence The fire alarm has been silenced 913 Supervisory Point test Start/End A fire supervisory device has been tested 914 Hold-up test Start/End The specified user has started or ended a hold-up test 915 Burg. Test Print Start/End The printed progress of a burglary test has been started or ended 916 Supervisory Test Print Start/End The printed progress of a supervisory test has been started or ended 917 Burg. Diagnostics Start/End A burglary system diagnostic test has been started or ended 918 Fire Diagnostics Start/End A fire system diagnostic test has been started or ended 919 Untyped diagnostics 920 Trouble Closing (closed with burg. Durin exit) 921 Access Denied Code Unknown Access has been denied because the system did not recognize the supplied access code as valid 922 Supervisory Point Alarm The specified supervisory point has reported an alarm condition 923 Supervisory Point Bypass The specified supervisory point has been bypassed 924 Supervisory Point Trouble The specified supervisory point has reported a trouble condition 925 Hold-up Point Bypass The specified hold-up point has been bypassed 926 AC Failure for 4 hours There has been a loss of AC power for at least four hours 927 Output Trouble The specified output has reported a trouble condition 928 User code for event This message contains the ID of the user who triggered the previous event 929 Log-off The specified user has logged-off of the system 954 Communication Failure Comm fail to the primary (zone 951) or secondary (zone 952) 7810iR-ent in private LAN mode 999 1 and 1/3 Day No Read Log In the last 31.9 hours (1 and 1/3 days), nothing has been posted to the event log. There is nothing new to read. Does not send to central station and only occurs in the Vista-20/SE and FA sister products.

Arkansas Security Alarm Association Central Station Course Referenced Standards CSAA CS-V-01 UL 827 UL 1981

Alarm Verification and Notification Procedures ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01-2004.XX (version July 16, 2004) Sponsor Central Station Alarm Association (CSAA)

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx Copyright notice Approval of an American National Standard requires verification by ANSI that the requirements for due process, consensus, and other criteria for approval have been met by the standards developer. Consensus is established when, in the judgment of the ANSI Board of Standards Review, substantial agreement has been reached by directly and materially affected interests. Substantial agreement means much more than a simple majority, but not necessarily unanimity. Consensus requires that all views and objections be considered and that effort be made toward their resolution. The use of American National Standards is completely voluntary; their existence does not in any respect preclude anyone, whether he or she has approved the standards or not, from manufacturing, marketing, purchasing, or using products, processes, or procedures not confirming to the standards. The American National Standards Institute does not develop standards and will in no circumstances give interpretation on any American National Standard in the name of the American National Standards Institute. Requests for interpretations should be addressed to the secretariat or sponsor whose name appears on the title page of this standard. CAUTION NOTICE: This American National Standard may be revised or withdrawn at any time. The procedures of the American National Standards Institute require that action be taken periodically to reaffirm, revise, or withdraw this standard. Purchasers of American National Standards may receive current information on all standards by calling or writing the American National Standards Institute. The developers of this standard have requested that holders of patents that may be required for the implementation of the standard, disclose such patents to the publisher. However, neither the developers nor the publisher have undertaken a patent search in order to identify which, if any, patents may apply to this standard. As of the date of publication of this standard and following calls for the identification of patents that may be required for the implementation of the standard, no such claims have been made. No further patent search is conducted by the developer or the publisher in respect to any standard it processes. No representation is made or implied that licenses are not required to avoid infringement in the use of this standard. Printed in the United States of America Published by Central Station Alarm Association 440 Maple Avenue East, Suite 201, Vienna, VA 22180 CSAA 2004 All rights reserved Page ii CSAA 2004 All rights reserved

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx Contents Page Foreword...iv Introduction...vi 1 Scope...1 1.1 General...1 1.2 Definitions...1 2 Standard Verification Procedures for Burglar Alarm Signals...3 2.1 Procedures for Alarm Signals Received from Systems without UL Certificated Service... 3 2.1.1 If No Contact...3 2.1.2 If Telephone is Answered...3 2.2 Procedures for Alarm Signals Received from Systems with UL Certificated Service... 3 3 Enhanced Telephone Verification of Burglar Alarm Signals...3 3.1 Extended Time...3 3.2 Procedure...3 3.2.1 Call 1...4 3.2.2 Call 2 Other Than Premises...4 3.2.3 Call 2 Premises...4 3.3 Answering Machines...4 3.4 Scheduled Events...4 3.5 Verified False...4 3.6 Call lists and Priority...4 3.7 Additional Methods...4 4 Hold-Up...5 4.1 Commercial Hold-Up Alarm...5 4.2 Residential Panic/Duress/Emergency Alarm...5 5 Residential Fire Alarms...5 5.1 Households...5 5.1.1 Household Fire Alarm Signal...5 6 Commercial Fire Alarms...5 6.1 5 6.2 Commercial (Non-Household) Fire Alarm...5 Annex A (Informative)...6 CSAA 2003 All rights reserved Page iii

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx Foreword This standards document is published by the Central Station Alarm Association (CSAA) and was developed and adopted by a consensus of industry volunteers in accordance with CSAA s standards development policies and procedures. CSAA assumes no responsibility for the use, application or misapplication of this document. Industry members using this document, particularly those having participated in its development and adoption, are considered by CSAA to have waived any right they might otherwise have had to assert claims against CSAA regarding the development process of this standard. CSAA reserves the right to revise this document at any time. Because CSAA policy requires that every standard be reviewed periodically and be revised, reaffirmed, or withdrawn, users of this document are cautioned to obtain and use the most recent edition of this standard. Current information regarding the revision level or status of this or any other CSAA standard may be obtained by contacting CSAA. Requests to modify this document are welcome at any time from any party, regardless of membership affiliation with CSAA. Such requests, which must be in writing and sent to the address set forth below, must clearly identify the document and text subject to the proposed modification and should include a draft of proposed changes with supporting comments. Such requests will be considered in accordance with CSAA's standards development policies and procedures. Written requests for interpretations of a CSAA standard will be considered in accordance with CSAA's standards development policies and procedures. While it is the practice of CSAA staff to process an interpretation request quickly, immediate responses may not be possible since it is often necessary for the appropriate standards subcommittee to review the request and develop an appropriate interpretation. Requests to modify a standard, requests for interpretations of a standard, or any other comments are welcome and may be sent to: Central Station Alarm Association 440 Maple Avenue East, Suite 201, Vienna, VA 22180 Tel: 703/242-4670 email: This document is owned by the Central Station Alarm Association and may not be reproduced, in whole or part, without the prior written permission from CSAA. Page iv CSAA 2004 All rights reserved

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS CSAA Standards Chairman: Louis T. Fiore, L.T.Fiore, Inc. CSAA Staff Administrator: Stephen P. Doyle, Executive Vice President, CSAA Celia T. Besore, Director of Marketing and Communications, CSAA This standard was approved by the Security Industry Standards Council on August 20, 2004. ADT...Larry Dischert / William Cooper American Protective Services...Dan Jaquish ASIS...Kathleen Woods Brinks...Mitchell Christopher Cain Security...Ron Cain CSAA...Lou Fiore / Ralph Sevinor Emergency 24...Patrick Devereux GE Security...Ted Nesse / Keith Kuhnly Honeywell...Gordon Hope IDS Research and Development, Inc...Jeffrey Zwirn NBFAA...Dom D'Ascoli / Ann Dowdy Palm Beach County Sheriff's Office...William Kenny Security Industry Association...R. Hunter Knight / Mark Visbal State Farm Insurance...Joe Miskulin UL...Isaac Papier / Neil Lakomiak USI Insurance Services...Dennis Kristan Vector Security...Pam Petrow / John Murphy Revision History 2004.09 Original Publication CSAA 2003 All rights reserved Page v

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx Introduction This standard defines methods by which false dispatches can be greatly reduced. It has been proven that verifying an alarm signal by a monitoring central station will drastically reduce false dispatches. This standard takes verification to its next level by defining multiple call verification, cross zoning, biometric, audio and video verification. Methods defined herein have been tested and proven to achieve a lower level of false dispatch. Further reduction is possible to achieve using a combination of the methods defined herein. Page vi CSAA 2004 All rights reserved

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx Alarm Verification and Notification Procedures 1 Scope This standard has been prepared under the direction of the Security Industry Standards Council (SISC) members with the participation of Central Station Alarm Association (CSAA) members, Security Industry Association (SIA) members, National Burglar & Fire Alarm Association (NBFAA) members, ASIS members and Canadian Alarm Association (CANASA) members. This standard is to be used by alarm monitoring facilities and by state and local units of government in their development of consistent administration criteria for alarms. New technologies and successful efforts to reduce false alarms have led to this standard. This standard, adopted by the various states and local units of government, recognizes the life saving benefits monitored security and fire alarm systems provide. The intent of this standard is to achieve increased efficiencies by reducing costs and eliminating wasteful efforts associated with potential false alarms. 1.1 General If differences exist between this standard and other written Special Instructions with the monitored premises, the Special Instructions shall take precedence. 1.2 Definitions 1.2.1 alarm verification alarm verification is a generic name given to many techniques used (1) to permit authorized personnel to appropriately identify themselves, thereby preventing emergency response agencies from being requested to respond to situations that do not represent an emergency; and (2) to confirm or deny the validity of alarm signals received at a Central Station or monitoring facility. 1.2.2 "UL Certificated" Service the term UL Certificated Service, as used in this document, refers to burglar alarm systems that have a UL certificate in force and therefore follow verification procedures outlined in UL 827, UL 2050, ULC S301 or ULC S304 Standards. 1.2.3 Types of Verification Two broad forms of verification may be employed. These include: 1.2.3.1 standard verification standard verification is the attempt by monitoring facility personnel to verify that an emergency does not appear to exist at the monitored premises, by means of a telephone call, voice contact or other electronic means CSAA 2003 All rights reserved Page 1

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx 1.2.3.2 enhanced verification Enhanced Verification is the attempt by monitoring facility personnel to verify that no emergency appears to exist, at the monitored premises, by means of more thorough procedures such as two (2) or more verification calls, live audio or video, cross zoning, other means or a combination of these procedures. 1.2.3.3 Methods of Verification 1.2.3.3.1 Electronic Verification An electronic signal transmitted to the monitoring facility that indicates to its personnel or to its dispatch computer that no emergency appears to exist. 1.2.3.3.2 Verbal A personal contact by means of telephone or audio conversation with an authorized pass code holder or other authorized person for the protected premises to verify that no emergency exists. 1.2.3.3.3 Video An electronic picture, pictures or images viewing an area of the protected premises from which an alarm signal has been received which permits monitoring facility personnel to view the area which has an alarm to verify an emergency condition exists or alternately that no emergency appears to exist. 1.2.3.3.4 Cross Zoning The application of redundant detection devices such that one motion detector or one photo-electric beam paired with some other device such as another motion detector, photo-electric beam, door contact or door contacts, to cover generally the same area. An alarm is recognized when both detectors in the pair are triggered. 1.2.3.3.5 Electronic Biometrics The ability to verify the identity of authorized on premises personnel through the use of detectors that utilize facial or body recognition, voice identification, hand geometry, fingerprint identification or other biometric characteristic identification technology. 1.3 notification call The call to the law enforcement authority, such as 911 or the telephone number used to reach the responding law enforcement agency. 1.4 dispatch Notification of law enforcement agency as defined in 1.3. a guard, guards, a runner, runners, other response entities or predetermined combination of the above to respond to the premises. 1.5 special instructions A written, separate document from the monitoring contract document, that specifies a specific set of instructions to be followed in the event of an alarm, between the monitored premises and the alarm/monitoring company. Page 2 CSAA 2004 All rights reserved

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx 2 Standard Verification Procedures for Burglar Alarm Signals 2.1 Procedures for Alarm Signals Received from Systems without UL Certificated Service Unless Special Instructions exist, monitoring facility personnel shall call the protected premises for identification and verification of persons authorized to be on the customer s premises. 2.1.1 If No Contact If there is no answer, the monitoring facility personnel shall make a Notification Call, unless the monitoring facility personnel have reason to believe no emergency exists. 2.1.2 If Telephone is Answered If the telephone is answered, the monitoring facility personnel shall obtain pass code verification or other electronic identification that the person is authorized to be on the premises. Upon receipt of correct identification, and the authorized person states that no emergency exists, responding entities shall not be notified or shall be recalled, if already notified, and the alarm is considered aborted. 2.1.2.1 No Code If no code or authorization is provided, the monitoring facility personnel shall attempt to reach an authorized person off premises to verify the authenticity of the on premises person, and failing that shall make a Notification Call. Further explanatory material on this can be found in Annex A. 2.1.2.2 Wrong Code If the person(s) contacted cannot be identified by a valid identification code within a reasonable time after the contact as defined in 2.1.2, the monitoring facility personnel shall make a Notification Call. 2.2 Procedures for Alarm Signals Received from Systems with UL Certificated Service Signals received from certificated systems shall be handled in accordance with the procedures defined in UL Standard 827, UL 2050, ULC S301 or ULC S304. 3 Enhanced Telephone Verification of Burglar Alarm Signals 3.1 Extended Time The maximum time permitted for enhanced verification of a non-certificated system can be extended beyond the time constraints imposed for certificated systems defined in UL 827, UL 2050, ULC S301 or ULC S304. 3.2 Procedure For burglary alarm signals received from non-certificated commercial burglary alarm systems or any residential alarm system, the following procedures shall be followed (further explanatory material on this can be found in Annex A): CSAA 2003 All rights reserved Page 3

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx 3.2.1 Call 1 The monitoring facility shall attempt telephone verification to the protected premises after receipt of the alarm signal. The procedure defined in 2.1.2 above shall be followed if the premises telephone is answered. Otherwise proceed to 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, whichever is applicable. 3.2.2 Call 2 Other Than Premises When monitoring facility personnel get a busy signal or no answer on the first call to the protected premises, a second call or calls shall be made to an alternate phone number such as a cellular or work number and if the authorized person states that no emergency exists, responding entities shall not be notified or shall be recalled, if already notified, and the alarm considered aborted. 3.2.3 Call 2 Premises When monitoring facility personnel get a busy signal or no answer on the first call to the protected premises, a second call or calls shall be made to an alternate phone number at the protected premises when such number is available. The procedure defined in 2.1.2 above shall be followed. 3.3 Answering Machines When any call reaches an answering machine a message shall be left, clearly stating that it is the alarm company calling and leaving necessary information for the alarm user to promptly contact the monitoring facility. 3.4 Scheduled Events If an alarm signal is received in connection with a scheduled opening or closing event, additional telephone numbers shall be called on the call list in order to determine whether the alarm signal is caused by an opening or closing error. If no answer or no determination can be made that a false alarm exists, a Notification Call shall occur. 3.5 Verified False If the alarm is verified as being false during the first, second or succeeding calls, monitoring facility personnel shall suspend activities relating to the specific signal being worked. 3.6 Call lists and Priority Following the Notification Call, attention shall be placed on contacting the emergency call list, until someone is reached to achieve a cancellation of the notification if it is determined that no emergency exists. 3.7 Additional Methods Audio verification, video verification, cross zoning or other electronic verification mediums shall be permitted in place of or in addition to the second verification call and shall be considered in compliance with this enhanced verification standard. Page 4 CSAA 2004 All rights reserved

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx 4 Hold-Up 4.1 Commercial Hold-Up Alarm Unless otherwise noted by Special Instructions, the monitoring facility shall not call the protected premises but shall make a Notification Call. 4.2 Residential Panic/Duress/Emergency Alarm The monitoring facility shall follow the Standard Verification Procedures as defined in section 2.0. 5 Residential Fire Alarms 5.1 Households For purposes of this standard, household is defined in NFPA 72 August 2002 as the family living unit in single-family detached dwellings, single-family attached dwellings, multifamily buildings and mobile homes. This definition excludes common usage areas in multifamily buildings such as corridors, lobbies, basements, etc. Fire alarm systems covering such excluded areas are not household fire alarm systems. The primary purpose of fire alarm systems in households is to provide an audible signal to occupants in order to expedite evacuation of the household. Further explanatory material on this can be found in Annex A. 5.1.1 Household Fire Alarm Signal The procedures defined in the NFPA 72 code shall be followed for household fire alarm signals. 6 Commercial Fire Alarms 6.1 For the purpose of this standard, a commercial fire alarm is defined as all fire alarm systems in all properties other than households as defined in 5.1 above 6.2 Commercial (Non-Household) Fire Alarm The procedures defined in the NFPA 72 code shall be followed for commercial (non-household) alarm signals. CSAA 2003 All rights reserved Page 5

ANSI/CSAA CS-V-01 2004.xx Annex A (Informative) A.2.1.2.1 If the monitoring facility personnel reaches the protected premises on the first or second call and the person answering the phone does not have the proper pass code then, if possible, the personnel may attempt to make a 3-way call with the premises person retained as a party to the call. The monitoring facility personnel may attempt to reach others on the call list to verify the authenticity of the person on the protected premises. If this process fails to resolve the issue then the monitoring facility personnel should proceed to make a Notification Call. A 3.2 Verification Phone Accessibility Guideline. Care should be taken to verify that the emergency call list phone numbers are to phones without call waiting, or alternately that *70 is programmed in front of the monitoring center phone number in the electronic digital communicator. The verification phones at the monitored premises should be accessible after hours (not locked up in an office), such as in the vicinity of commonly used entrances and not be sent to voice mail after hours so the after hours users and cleaning people can hear and answer the phone. A 5.1 NFPA #72 states that This code {Household Warning Equipment} is primary concerned with life safety, not with the protection of property. It presumes that the family has an exit plan. Page 6 CSAA 2004 All rights reserved

UL 827 ISBN 0-7629-0067-9 Central-Station Alarm Services 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 UL 827 tr1 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 UL Standard for Safety for Central-Station Alarm Services, UL 827 Sixth Edition, Dated October 1, 1996 Revisions: This Standard contains revisions through and including January 12, 2007. Summary of Topics These revisions are being issued to add performance requirements for satellite stations that are manually operated, to add requirements for multiple call verification and to delete the certification requirements in 1.12. UL Standards for Safety are developed and maintained in the Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML). SGML -- an international standard (ISO 8879-1986) -- is a descriptive markup language that describes a document s structure and purpose, rather than its physical appearance on a page. Due to formatting differences resulting from the use of UL s new electronic publishing system, please note that additional pages (on which no requirements have been changed) may be included in revision pages due to relocation of existing text and reformatting of the Standard. Text that has been changed in any manner is marked with a vertical line in the margin. Changes in requirements are marked with a vertical line in the margin and are followed by an effective date note indicating the date of publication or the date on which the changed requirement becomes effective. The following table lists the future effective dates with the corresponding item. Future Effective Date References December 31, 2008 Paragraphs 11.6, 11.9, 11.10, 11.12 and 11.13 The revised requirements are substantially in accordance with UL s Proposal(s) on this subject dated November 4, 2005 and July 26, 2006. The revisions dated January 12, 2007 include a reprinted title page (page1) for this Standard. The UL Foreword is no longer located within the UL Standard. For information concerning the use and application of the requirements contained in this Standard, the current version of the UL Foreword is located on ULStandardsInfoNet at: http://ulstandardsinfonet.ul.com/ulforeword.html. The master for this Standard at UL s Northbrook Office is the official document insofar as it relates to a UL service and the compliance of a product with respect to the requirements for that product and service, or if there are questions regarding the accuracy of this Standard. UL s Standards for Safety are copyrighted by UL. Neither a printed copy of a Standard, nor the distribution diskette for a Standard-on-Diskette and the file for the Standard on the distribution diskette should be altered in any way. All of UL s Standards and all copyrights, ownerships, and rights regarding those Standards shall remain the sole and exclusive property of UL. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

tr2 JANUARY 12, 2007 UL 827 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form by any means, electronic, mechanical photocopying, recording, or otherwise without prior permission of UL. Revisions of UL Standards for Safety are issued from time to time. A UL Standard for Safety is current only if it incorporates the most recently adopted revisions. UL provides this Standard as is without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any purpose. In no event will UL be liable for any special, incidental, consequential, indirect or similar damages, including loss of profits, lost savings, loss of data, or any other damages arising out of the use of or the inability to use this Standard, even if UL or an authorized UL representative has been advised of the possibility of such damage. In no event shall UL s liability for any damage ever exceed the price paid for this Standard, regardless of the form of the claim. UL will attempt to answer support requests concerning electronic versions of its Standards. However, this support service is offered on a reasonable efforts basis only, and UL may not be able to resolve every support request. UL supports the electronic versions of its Standards only if they are used under the conditions and operating systems for which it is intended. UL s support policies may change from time-to-time without notification. UL reserves the right to change the format, presentation, file types and formats, delivery methods and formats, and the like of both its printed and electronic Standards without prior notice. Purchasers of the electronic versions of UL s Standards for Safety agree to defend, indemnify, and hold UL harmless from and against any loss, expense, liability, damage, claim, or judgement (including reasonable attorney s fees) resulting from any error or deviation introduced while purchaser is storing an electronic Standard on the purchaser s computer system. If a single-user version electronic Standard was purchased, one copy of this Standard may be stored on the hard disk of a single personal computer, or on a single LAN file-server or the permanent storage device of a multiple-user computer in such a manner that this Standard may only be accessed by one user at a time and for which there is no possibility of multiple concurrent access. If a multiple-user version electronic Standard was purchased, one copy of the Standard may be stored on a single LAN file-server, or on the permanent storage device of a multiple-user computer, or on an Intranet server. The number of concurrent users shall not exceed the number of users authorized. Electronic Standards are intended for on-line use, such as for viewing the requirements of a Standard, conducting a word search, and the like. Only one copy of the Standard may be printed from each single-user version of an electronic Standard. Only one copy of the Standard may be printed for each authorized user of a multiple-user version of an electronic Standard. Because of differences in the computer/software/printer setup used by UL and those of electronic Standards purchasers, the printed copy obtained by a purchaser may not look exactly like the on-line screen view or the printed Standard. An employee of an organization purchasing a UL Standard can make a copy of the page or pages being viewed for their own fair and/or practical internal use. The requirements in this Standard are now in effect, except for those paragraphs, sections, tables, figures, and/or other elements of the Standard having future effective dates as indicated in the note following the affected item. The prior text for requirements that have been revised and that have a future effective date are located after the Standard, and are preceded by a SUPERSEDED REQUIREMENTS notice. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 UL 827 tr3 New product submittals made prior to a specified future effective date will be judged under all of the requirements in this Standard including those requirements with a specified future effective date, unless the applicant specifically requests that the product be judged under the current requirements. However, if the applicant elects this option, it should be noted that compliance with all the requirements in this Standard will be required as a condition of continued Listing and Follow-Up Services after the effective date, and understanding of this should be signified in writing. Copyright 2007 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. This Standard consists of pages dated as shown in the following checklist: Page Date 1-4... January 12, 2007 5... October 1, 1996 6-8B... January 12, 2007 9-11... October 1, 1996 12... April 23, 1999 12A-13... October 1, 1997 14... October 1, 1996 15... April 23, 1999 16-20... October 1, 1996 21... April 23, 1999 22... October 1, 1996 23... April 23, 1999 24-26... October 1, 1996 27-30B... January 12, 2007 31-50... October 1, 1996 51... April 23, 1999 52-52A... January 12, 2007 52B... April 23, 1999 53-55... October 1, 1996 56-58B... January 12, 2007 59-66... October 1, 1996 A1-A2... April 23, 1999 B1-B2... October 1, 1997 B3-B4... January 12, 2007 SR1-SR2... January 12, 2007 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

tr4 JANUARY 12, 2007 UL 827 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 (Title Page Reprinted: January 12, 2007) 1 UL 827 Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services First Edition September, 1971 Second Edition October, 1972 Third Edition October, 1977 Fourth Edition January, 1982 Fifth Edition August, 1993 Sixth Edition October 1, 1996 An effective date included as a note immediately following certain requirements is one established by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Revisions of this Standard will be made by issuing revised or additional pages bearing their date of issue. A UL Standard is current only if it incorporates the most recently adopted revisions, all of which are itemized on the transmittal notice that accompanies the latest set of revised requirements. Comments or proposals for revisions on any part of the Standard may be submitted to UL at any time. Proposals should be submitted via a Proposal Request in UL s On-Line Collaborative Standards Development System (CSDS) at http://csds.ul.com. ISBN 0-7629-0067-9 COPYRIGHT 1977, 2007 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

2 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 2A CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1 Scope...5 2 General...6 2.1 Components...6 2.2 Units of measurement...7 2.3 Undated references...7 3 Glossary...7 3.1 General...7 3.2 Definitions common to burglar- and fire-alarm systems...7 3.3 Definitions common to burglar-alarm...10 3.4 Definitions common to fire-alarm...11 3.5 Definitions common to residential monitoring stations...11 FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 4 Building Construction Requirements...12 5 Physical Protection...14 6 Fire Protection...15 6.1 Portable fire extinguishers...15 6.2 Fire suppression system...16 6.3 Water sheds...16 6.4 Repeater station fire protection...16 6.5 Automatic fire-alarm system...16 7 Standby Lighting...16 8 Clocks...17 9 Power Supply...17 9.1 General...17 9.2 Installation...18 9.3 Source...18 9.4 Primary power supply...18 9.5 Secondary power supply...18 9.6 Continuity of power supply...19 9.7 Storage batteries...19 9.8 Overcurrent protection for external batteries...20 9.9 Charging method...20 9.10 Trickle- or float-charged batteries...20 9.11 Battery chargers and DC power supplies...21 9.12 Stationary, engine-driven generators...21 9.13 Security...22 9.14 Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) units...23 9.15 Uninterruptible battery supply (UBS) units...24 10 Cable System...24 10.1 General...24 10.2 Underground entrance...25 10.3 Overhead entrance...25 10.4 Conductors inside the building...25 10.5 Antenna cable...26 11 Subsidiary Stations...27 12 Equipment...29 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

2B CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 13 Receiver Units...30 13.1 Direct-wire burglar-alarm systems...30 13.2 Code (McCulloh) transmitter systems...30 13.3 Multiplex systems...31 13.4 Digital alarm radio system (DARS)...32 13.5 One way radio alarm system (OWRAS)...33 13.6 Two-way radio alarm system (TWRAS)...35 13.7 Digital alarm communicator system units...35 14 Automation Systems...37 FIRE-ALARM SERVICES 15 Type of Service...39 16 Central-Station Operation...39 17 Personnel (Operators and Runners)...40 18 Runner s Equipment...40 19 Communication and Test...41 20 Re-Transmission...41 21 Records...41 22 Maintenance and Service...43 22.1 Contracts and agreements...43 22.2 Alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals...43 22.3 Signals from systems other than central-station fire-alarm systems...43 23 Testing and Inspection...44 24 Protected Premises Control and Transmitter Units...44 BURGLAR-ALARM SERVICES 25 Central-Station Operation...44 26 Personnel (Operators and Runners)...45 27 Runner s Equipment...45 28 Communication and Test...45 29 Re-Transmission...45 30 Burglar-Alarm Protected Premises Control Units...46 30.1 General...46 30.2 Direct-wire, burglar-alarm subscriber control units...46 30.3 Code (McCulloh) transmitter burglar-alarm systems subscriber control units...46 30.4 Multiplex burglar-alarm systems subscriber control unit...47 30.5 Digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) subscriber control unit...47 30.6 Radio (RF) systems subscriber s control unit...47 31 Burglar-Alarm Protection Service...47 31.1 Alarm response time...47 31.2 Signal transmission methods for burglar-alarm systems...49 31.3 Line security...51 32 Openings and Closing...51 32.1 General...51 32.2 Openings and closing without a schedule...52 32.3 Openings and closing with a schedule...52a 32.4 Unscheduled...53 32.5 Control unit programming...53 33 Closing and Malfunctions During Closing...54 34 Alarms and Unauthorized Openings...54 34.1 Alarm investigation...54 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 3 34.2 Alarm verification...56 34.3 Investigation of a compromise attempt...58 34.4 Investigation of a missing check-in signal...58 34.5 Multiplex communication channel disruption...58a 34.6 Alarm response overruns...58a 34.7 Unwanted alarms...59 34.8 Signals from systems other than central-station burglar-alarm systems...59 35 Identification of Subscribers...59 36 Handling of Subscriber s Keys...60 36.1 General...60 36.2 Key vaults...60 37 Records...60 38 Maintenance and Service...62 38.1 Contracts and agreements...62 38.2 Repairs...62 39 Power Failure...63 RESIDENTIAL MONITORING STATION 40 Residential Monitoring Station Operation...63 41 Personnel (Operators)...64 42 Signal Processing...64 43 Re-Transmission...64 44 Records...65 APPENDIX A Standards for Components...A1 APPENDIX B PROCEDURES FOR ISSUING AND CANCELING CENTRAL-STATION ALARM CERTIFICATES B1 Certificates...B1 B2 Forms and Instructions...B1 B3 Procedure For Issuing A Central-Station Alarm-System Certificate...B2 B4 Faster Service By Fax...B2 B5 Correction of Defects...B3 B6 Master Certificate File...B3 B7 Maintenance and Service...B3 B8 Service Area...B4 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

4 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 This page intentionally left blank. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 5 INTRODUCTION 1 Scope 1.1 These requirements apply to: a) Central-stations providing watchman, fire-alarm, and supervisory services as described in the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72; b) Central-station burglar-alarm systems intended and specifically designated for burglary protection use at mercantile and banking premises, on mercantile safes and vaults, and on bank safes and vaults; and c) Residential monitoring stations monitoring residential alarm systems. 1.2 These requirements apply to central-stations, subsidiary stations and residential monitoring stations that are intended to be located in buildings constructed in accordance with building codes, such as the Building Officials and Code Administrators (BOCA) National Building Code, the Standard Building Code, and the Uniform Building Code. 1.3 The central-station burglar- and fire-alarm station and residential alarm systems covered by these requirements are systems in which the operation of electrical protection circuits and devices are signaled automatically to, recorded in, maintained in, and supervised from a central-station or residential monitoring station having trained operators and runners on duty at all times. 1.4 Requirements covering the construction and operation of burglar-alarm units used in the burglar-alarm systems covered by this Standard are contained in the Standards for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610, and Digital Alarm Communicator System Units, UL 1635. 1.5 Burglar-alarm protective devices installed on individual properties are classified as to the extent of protection at each location. Requirements covering installation and classification (of extent) of alarm protective equipment at individual locations are contained in the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681. 1.6 Requirements covering the construction and operation of fire-protective signaling equipment used in the systems covered by this standard are contained in the Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864. 1.7 Systems covered by these requirements operate within the limits of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, as applied by the local authority having jurisdiction. The Articles of the National Electrical Code that apply are: a) Article 725, within the limits of Class 2 or Class 3 remote-control and signaling circuits for burglar-alarm systems; b) Article 760 for fire-alarm systems; c) Article 800 for outside wiring and protectors; and d) Article 820 for protectors for radio antennas. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

6 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 1.8 Requirements for software and hardware, and the installation and operation of an automation system in a central-station, subsidiary station or residential monitoring station are covered by the Standard for Central-Station Automation Systems, UL 1981, or by the Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864, and/or Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610. 1.9 Relocated as 1.12 October 1, 1997 1.10 A reference made to station refers to a central-station (burglary or fire), subsidiary station or residential monitoring station, depending upon the context in which it is used. 1.11 These requirements do not cover the communication channel between the protected property and the station. This includes: a) The company that provides the communication channel and b) The equipment that is used to provide the communication channel. Exception No. 1: If the communication channel is owned and operated by the station, these requirements do apply. Exception No. 2: These requirements do apply to an alarm and signal transport service company. 1.12 Deleted January 12, 2007 2 General 2.1 Components 2.1.1 Except as indicated in 2.1.2, a component used in a station or a burglar-alarm or fire-alarm installation covered by this standard shall comply with the requirements for that component. See Appendix A for a list of standards covering components generally used to provide the services covered by this standard. 2.1.2 A component need not comply with a specific requirement that: a) Involves a feature or characteristic not needed in the application of the component in the product covered by this standard or b) Is superseded by a requirement in this standard. 2.1.3 A component shall be used in accordance with its recognized rating established for the intended conditions of use. 2.1.4 Specific components are recognized as being incomplete in construction features or restricted in performance capabilities. Such components are intended for use only under limited conditions, such as certain temperatures not exceeding specified limits, and shall be used only under those specific conditions for which they have been recognized. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 7 2.2 Units of measurement 2.2.1 If a value for measurement is followed by a value in other units in parentheses, the second value may be only approximate. The first stated value is the requirement. 2.3 Undated references 2.3.1 Any undated reference to a code or standard in the requirements of this standard shall be interpreted as referring to the latest edition of that code or standard. 3 Glossary 3.1 General 3.1.1 For the purpose of this standard, the following definitions apply. 3.2 Definitions common to burglar- and fire-alarm systems 3.2.1 ACTIVE SYSTEM A system that transmits one or both of the following signals to the centralstation on a regular basis: a) A signal that the system has been disarmed and the protection removed (commonly referred to as opened ) or b) A signal that the system has been armed and the protection activated (commonly referred to as closed ). If an alarm system sends opening and closing (disarm and arm) signals, it is considered to be an active system. The 24-hour supervisory check-in signal transmitted by a digital alarm communicator transmitter or a one-way radio (RF) transmitter does not make a system an active system. A system is considered inactive if the 24-hour supervisory check-in signal is the only signal normally transmitted on a daily basis. 3.2.2 ALARM AND SIGNAL TRANSPORT SERVICE A service provided by a company to transmit signals from a protection system to either a station, law enforcement department, fire department, or the like. The service may be connected to multiple stations, law enforcement departments, fire departments, and the like. The service is independent of the protection systems and the organizations that receive the alarms and signals. A company providing this service provides the equipment, service, and maintenance for the transport system. The equipment used in the transport system shall comply with the requirements of the Standards for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864, and Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610. 3.2.3 AUTOMATIC FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM A fire detection system that will automatically detect and annunciate the presence of fire by the detection of one or more products of combustion. Annunciation is through a fire-alarm system control unit. 3.2.4 BUILDING, MULTIPLE OCCUPANCY A building that is occupied by two or more independent tenants which do not have control of or association with each other. 3.2.5 BUILDING, SINGLE OCCUPANCY A building that is occupied by and under the control of the alarm service company only. Any business in the building that is not directly associated with the alarm service shall be the business of, and controlled by, the alarm service company. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

8 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 3.2.6 CENTRAL-STATION A building or enclosed area within a building that houses an operating room and equipment used to provide central-station service to protected properties. 3.2.7 CENTRAL-STATION SERVICE The use of a system or a group of systems in which the operation of circuits and devices at a protected property are signaled to, recorded in, and supervised from a central-station having trained operators who, upon the receipt of a signal, take such action as required by the nature of the signal received. 3.2.8 DERIVED CHANNEL A signaling line circuit that uses the local leg of the public telephone company s switched network as an active multiplex channel, while simultaneously allowing the leg s use for normal telephone communications. 3.2.9 DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR RECEIVER (DACR) A system component located at the central-station that will receive and display signals from a DACT (see 3.2.10). 3.2.10 DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER (DACT) A system component located at the protected premises that will contact a DACR (see 3.2.9) through the public telephone company s switched network or through a cellular telephone system (dial system) and transmit the necessary data to identify the protected premises and the change of status. A DACT is either integral with the control unit that provides alarm or monitoring functions, or interfaces with a control unit that provides these functions. 3.2.11 DIGITAL ALARM RADIO RECEIVER (DARR) A system component used in a DARS (see 3.2.12) to receive radio signals transmitted from a DART (see 3.2.13). 3.2.12 DIGITAL ALARM RADIO SYSTEM (DARS) A one-way radio system that provides backup transmission for a DACT (see 3.2.10). 3.2.13 DIGITAL ALARM RADIO TRANSMITTER (DART) A system component used in a DARS (see 3.2.12) to transmit signals to a DARR (see 3.2.11) via radio signals. 3.2.14 HUNT GROUP A group of associated telephone lines within which an incoming call is automatically routed to an idle (not busy) telephone line for completion. 3.2.15 IDENTIFICATION CODE The numeric, alpha numeric, alpha, word(s), or similar device used to identify a subscriber. 3.2.16 INACTIVE SYSTEM A system that transmits a signal to the central-station only when an unintended condition exists or it is under test. Examples of inactive systems are fire- and holdup alarms, or a burglar alarm system supervising a protected premise without the use of opening and closing signals. The 24-hour supervisory check-in signal transmitted by a digital alarm communicator transmitter or a one-way radio (RF) transmitter does not make a system an active system. Such a system is considered inactive if that is the only signal transmitted on a daily basis. 3.2.17 KEY VAULT An attack resistant container mounted outside of the protected premises that contains the key(s) that will allow entrance into the protected premises. The key vault can be opened with a mechanical key or a card key that is common to several key vaults and which is carried by the runner. Other emergency services, such as the fire department, law enforcement department and authorized private guard service may also have access to the key vault. 3.2.18 ONE-WAY RADIO ALARM SYSTEM (OWRAS) A system in which alarm system signals are transmitted from a RAT (see 3.2.25) through a radio channel to at least two independently powered, independently operating, and separately located RARSRs (see 3.2.23) and which are then relayed to a 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 8A RASSR (see 3.2.24). Signals may be transmitted through one RARSR provided they are also transmitted directly to the RASSR. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

8B CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 9 3.2.19 OPERATING ROOM The physically enclosed area within a station that is physically secure and where the operators receive and act on the signals that are transmitted to the station. 3.2.20 OPERATOR A trained employee stationed at the station whose duty is to provide immediate response to all signals received. 3.2.21 PERSONAL IDENTIFIER A physical attribute of a person used as a means of verification of personnel identity, such as by retina scan, voice print, fingerprint, hand span, and the like. 3.2.22 POWER ROOM The area(s) in which the primary and secondary power supplies are housed. This room may or may not include an engine driven generator or uninterruptible battery supply. 3.2.23 RADIO ALARM REPEATER STATION RECEIVER (RARSR) A system component, used in a OWRAS (see 3.2.18) or a TWRAS (see 3.2.35), consisting of a radio receiver and transmitter located at a repeater station or subsidiary station. This component receives radio signals from a RAT (see 3.2.25) and retransmits them to another RARSR or to a RASSR (see 3.2.24) in a OWRAS (see 3.2.18), or relays signals between a RATR (see 3.2.26) and a RASSR in a TWRAS. 3.2.24 RADIO ALARM SUPERVISING STATION RECEIVER (RASSR) A radio receiver or receiver/transmitter located at a station, to receive signals from a RARSR (see 3.2.23), RAT (see 3.2.25), or RATR (see 3.2.26) and either annunciates them or interfaces with an automation system that annunciates them. 3.2.25 RADIO ALARM TRANSMITTER (RAT) A radio transmitter used in an OWRAS (see 3.2.18) located at a protected premises that will transmit signals to at least two independently powered, independently operating, and separately located RARSRs (see 3.2.23). Signals may be transmitted through one RARSR if they are also transmitted directly to the RASSR. A RAT either: a) Is integral with a control unit that provides alarm or monitoring functions or b) Interfaces with a control unit that provides these functions. 3.2.26 RADIO ALARM TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER (RATR) A radio transmitter/receiver used in a TWRAS (see 3.2.35) that is located at a protected premises that will transmit and receive signals through at least two independently powered, independently operating, and separately located RARSRs (see 3.2.23) to and from a RASSR (see 3.2.24), or transmits and receives signals directly to and from a RASSR. A RATR either: a) Is integral with a control unit that provides alarm or monitoring functions or b) Interfaces with a control unit that provides these functions. 3.2.27 RUNNER A person whose duties are to investigate signals from protected systems that require investigation. 3.2.28 RUNNER OR SERVICEPERSON STATION A location separate from the central-station, subsidiary station, or service center, where runners or servicepersons are stationed awaiting instructions to respond to signals received at the central-station. Signals are not to be received at a runner or serviceperson station. 3.2.29 RUNNER SERVICE COMPANY A company that is independent of the central-station which provides runners to respond to signals received by the station as required by this standard. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

10 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 3.2.30 SERVICE CENTER A location which may be separate from a central-station that provides required installation, maintenance, repair, and alarm investigator service to systems served by the company. Keys (where required) and maintenance records for protected premises are retained at the service center. Maintenance records are not required to be physically kept at the service center if they can be readily accessed at the service center from another location. 3.2.31 SERVICE VEHICLE A vehicle that is used to provide required alarm investigator, installation, maintenance, and repair service to systems served by the company. 3.2.32 SERVICEPERSON A person whose duties are to provide service to protected systems. 3.2.33 SUBSCRIBER The user of a premise or item protected by a central-station burglar or- fire-alarm system. An authorized representative of the user may also be considered a subscriber. For residential monitoring stations, a subscriber would be an occupant of a residence protected by the alarm system. 3.2.34 SUBSIDIARY STATION A normally unattended physically secure facility linked by communication channels to a central-station or residential monitoring station. Signals from protected properties are transmitted to the subsidiary station and then relayed to the station. If the communication link between the subsidiary station and the station is out of service, the subsidiary station can be manned and operated as a central-station or residential monitoring station. 3.2.35 TWO-WAY RADIO ALARM SYSTEM (TWRAS) A system in which alarm system signals are transmitted and received through a radio channel between a RATR (see 3.2.26) and a RASSR (see 3.2.24). The signals may or may not be relayed through a RARSR (see 3.2.23). 3.2.36 REPEATER STATION Equipment, such as radio, which is used to relay signals from protected systems at remote location(s). 3.2.37 UNINTERRUPTIBLE BATTERY SUPPLY (UBS) A direct current (DC) generator driven by a combustion engine. The DC output is used to provide the DC power required by an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) or by DC powered units. 3.2.38 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) Equipment that will continue to provide alternating current (AC) power to a load in the event of failure of the normal AC power source. A UPS may also provide a more constant voltage and frequency supply to the load. When the normal source of AC fails, the UPS is powered by a DC source from batteries, a UBS, or both. 3.3 Definitions common to burglar-alarm 3.3.1 ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNAL An audible and/or visual signal that is sent to the subscriber by the station to notify the subscriber that a signal has been received indicating that the protection system has been properly armed. The acknowledgment signal is to be sent manually or automatically. 3.3.2 CENTRAL-STATION BURGLAR-ALARM COMPANY A company that is engaged in the business of operating one or more central-stations that provide monitoring, record keeping, and reporting for signals received from central-station burglar-alarm systems. The company shall directly provide for equipment installation, inspection, testing, maintenance and repair service of central-station systems, and runners for alarm investigation service, or it may subcontract for these services. The company may also operate one or more subsidiary stations. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 11 3.3.3 CENTRAL-STATION BURGLAR-ALARM SYSTEM A system or group of systems consisting of control units, intrusion detection units, contacts, protective wiring, installation wiring, and the like, installed at a protected property in accordance with the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681. When the system is armed, detection of an intrusion will cause a signal to be automatically transmitted to a central-station complying with this standard. Arming the system will cause a closing signal to be transmitted and disarming the system will cause an opening signal to be transmitted. The system is to be controlled and operated by a central-station burglar-alarm company. 3.3.4 LINE SECURITY, STANDARD AND ENCRYPTION Methods of supervising the communication channel used to transmit signals between the protected premises and the central-station or residential monitoring station. This supervision serves to detect compromise attempts on the communication channel that are intended to not cause signals to be annunciated at the station and which would allow entry into the protected premises without initiating a signal at the station. 3.3.5 NORMAL OPERATION SIGNALS A signal transmitted from the protected premises in accordance with established procedures to indicate to the station that the premises is being closed and armed (or opened and disarmed). 3.3.6 SUBSCRIBER S BURGLAR-ALARM CONTROL UNIT Equipment located at the protected premises that controls the protective circuit(s), transmits signals to the central-station or residential monitoring station, and allows the subscriber to arm and disarm the alarm system. 3.4 Definitions common to fire-alarm 3.4.1 CENTRAL-STATION FIRE-ALARM COMPANY A company that is engaged in the business of operating one or more central-stations that provide monitoring, re-transmission of signals, and associated record keeping and reporting for signals from central-station fire-alarm systems. The station shall directly provide for equipment installation, inspection, testing, maintenance and repair service of central-station systems, runner service, and associated central-station services, or they may subcontract for these services. The company may also operate one or more subsidiary stations. 3.4.2 CENTRAL-STATION FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM A system or group of systems installed in accordance with the requirements of the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72, in which the operation of circuits and devices are transmitted automatically to, recorded in, maintained by, and supervised from a central-station having trained operators who, upon receipt of a signal, take action as required by NFPA 72. The system is to be controlled and operated by a central-station fire-alarm company. 3.4.3 FIRE-ALARM SERVICE LOCAL COMPANY A company that provides protected premises equipment installation, inspection, testing, maintenance and repair service of central-station fire-alarm systems with its own facilities and personnel in accordance with the requirements of the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72. The company subcontracts the monitoring, re-transmission, and associated record keeping and reporting with a central-station. The required runner service is provided by the company or by the central-station. 3.5 Definitions common to residential monitoring stations 3.5.1 RESIDENTIAL MONITORING STATION COMPANY A company that is engaged in the business of operating one or more residential monitoring stations that provide monitoring, record keeping, and reporting for signals from alarm systems. The company may also operate one or more subsidiary stations. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

12 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 APRIL 23, 1999 3.5.2 RESIDENTIAL MONITORING STATION A building or enclosed area within a building that houses an operating room and equipment used to provide residential monitoring station service to protected properties. FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 4 Building Construction Requirements 4.1 A building that houses a central-station or subsidiary station or residential monitoring station shall comply with one of the following: a) All bearing walls, floors, ceilings, columns, beams, girders, trusses, and arches have a one hour fire resistant rating or are constructed of the materials specified in 4.4; b) A sprinkler system, supervised by the station, installed in all parts of the building except for the operating room and power room; or c) The building is single occupancy and the exterior walls have a one hour fire resistant rating or are constructed of the materials specified in 4.4. See also Figure 4.1. 4.2 In a multiple occupancy building, the walls, floors and ceilings enclosing the station shall have a one hour fire resistant rating or be constructed of the materials specified in 4.4. 4.3 The fire resistant rating of building construction shall: a) Meet the requirements of the local building code or b) Be determined by the test methods in the Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, UL 263. 4.4 Walls, floors, ceilings, beams, girders, trusses, and arches that are constructed of masonry or steel, or other materials deemed to have similar combustive characteristics are not required to have a fire resistant rating. 4.5 A building that houses a station shall either have a roof: a) With a one-hour, fire-resistant rating; b) Constructed of materials specified in 4.4; or c) Constructed of a combustible deck with a Class A roof covering complying with the Standard for Materials for Built-Up Roof Coverings, UL 55A, and the Standard for Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Materials, UL 790. 4.5 revised April 23, 1999 4.6 Any door in an interior wall that is required to have a fire resistant rating shall have a minimum 3/4-hour fire resistant rating. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1997 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 12A 4.7 If a repeater station is located in a building: a) The building shall comply with the fire resistive requirements of this section or b) The repeater station shall be duplicated at separate sites and signals shall be able to be relayed through either site. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

12B CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1997 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1997 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 13 Figure 4.1 Building construction Figure 4.1 revised October 1, 1997 1/16/2007-3:02 PM * May be determined by compliance with the local building code, or the Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, UL 263. See 4.3.

14 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 5 Physical Protection 5.1 The operating room of a central, subsidiary, and residential monitoring station, shall be completely enclosed within a boundary that is fixed in place and shall be protected at all times against attack or entrance by unauthorized persons. Walls enclosing an operating room shall extend from a fixed-in-place floor deck to a fixed-in-place ceiling. If a suspended ceiling is used, and the wall construction above the suspended ceiling is not required to serve as a fire stop, the portion of the wall above the suspended ceiling may be constructed of wire-mesh screening constructed of at least 0.053 inch (1.35 mm) expanded sheet steel or No. 10 AWG (0.102 inch diameter) (5.26 mm 2 ) steel wire with openings not greater than 2 inches (51 mm). Exception: Wall construction above a suspended ceiling is not required provided that solid walls, floor, and ceiling or roof enclose the entire alarm company quarters and the alarm company has controlled access throughout their quarters and there is a burglar-alarm system installed in areas surrounding the operating room that become unoccupied outside of normal business hours. The burglar-alarm system shall comply with Extent No. 3 in the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681, shall be armed when those areas are unoccupied, and shall be monitored in the operating room. 5.1 effective January 1, 1999 5.2 Entrances into the operating room shall be kept locked at all times and arranged so that positive identification can be made by vision and voice of any person seeking admittance. If the person is unknown to the personnel, they shall be identified by an identification card or the like. If closed circuit television is used, a second means of manual visual identification shall be provided. 5.3 A door into the operating room of a station shall be one of the following: a) A recognized fire-resistant door and door frame; b) A solid or hollow metal door; or c) A solid wood, or solid wood core door with wood, plastic, or composition cladding a minimum of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. 5.4 The entry door shall be equipped with an automatic door closer without a hold open feature, and a locking means that cannot be changed to an unlocked condition. 5.5 If the door is locked with an electromagnetic lock, or similar device that requires electrical power to maintain the locking of the door, standby power or a backup mechanical lock shall be provided to maintain the locking of the door. The standby power shall be provided from the secondary power supply (see 9.5). 5.5 effective January 1, 1999 5.6 The operating room shall be arranged so that a person that is outside of the operating room in an area that is controlled by the station, cannot view the signal processing equipment so as to obtain information about an alarm system served by the station. 5.7 Any transparent window or panel that will provide a view of the operating room from a location that is not under the control of the station shall be made translucent or opaque by painting, screening, blinds, curtains, drapes, or similar coverings. Mirrored, tinted and one-way glass shall not be used for that purpose. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

APRIL 23, 1999 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 15 5.8 Any exterior opening, other than a door, that leads into the operating room from an area that is not controlled by the station, and which is accessible as defined in the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681, shall be covered with either: a) Permanently-installed solid bars constructed of iron or steel at least 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) diameter, or rectangular with a minimum cross-section area of 0.25 square inch (40 mm 2 ) with the minimum dimension 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). The space between bars shall be 4 inches (102 mm) or less and the space between supporting cross pieces shall be 18 inches (457 mm) or less. The supporting cross pieces shall be of the same material and dimension as the bars or larger; b) Wire-mesh screening constructed of at least 0.053 inch (1.35 mm) expanded sheet steel or No. 10 AWG (0.102 inch diameter) (5.26 mm 2 ) steel wire with openings not greater than 2 inches (51 mm); c) Glazing complying with the Standard for Burglary Resisting Glazing Material, UL 972; or d) Glazing complying with the Standard for Bullet-Resisting Equipment, UL 752. 5.8 revised April 23, 1999 5.9 A subsidiary station repeater station shall be equipped with a burglar-alarm and automatic fire-alarm system connected to the central-station or residential monitoring station. The automatic fire-alarm system shall comply with the requirements in the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72. The burglar-alarm system shall comply with Extent No. 3 in the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681, and shall be armed when the station is unattended. See 11.7. A repeater station is not required to be equipped with a burglar-alarm and automatic fire-alarm system if the repeater station is duplicated at separate sites and signals are able to be relayed through either site. 6 Fire Protection 6.1 Portable fire extinguishers 6.1.1 Each station operating room shall be equipped with a minimum of two portable fire extinguishers rated 2-A or greater and two portable fire extinguishers rated 10-B:C or greater. Two multipurpose fire extinguishers rated 2-A:10-B:C will satisfy this requirement. 6.1.2 Each power room, battery room, and engine-driven generator room or enclosure shall be equipped with a minimum of one portable fire extinguisher rated 2-A or greater and one portable fire extinguisher rated 10-B:C or greater. One multipurpose fire extinguisher rated 2-A:10-B:C will satisfy this requirement. 6.1.3 Portable fire extinguishers shall comply with the Standards for 2-1/2-Gallon Stored-Pressure, Water-Type Fire Extinguishers, UL 626; Carbon-Dioxide Fire Extinguishers, UL 154; Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers, UL 299; or Halogenated Agent Fire Extinguishers, UL 1093. 6.1.4 Fire extinguishers shall be located where they will be readily accessible and immediately available. A fire extinguisher intended to be used on electronic equipment, such as an automation system, shall be of the carbon dioxide or halogenated agent type and shall be located next to the automation system equipment. If the automation system equipment is in a separate room, the extinguisher shall be located outside of the room, within 3 feet (0.9 m) of the door. A separate room for automation equipment shall be provided with an automatic smoke and fire detection system with annunciation in the operating room. 6.1.5 A fire extinguisher shall be installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, or placed in a cabinet or a wall recess. A hanger or bracket shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface. If a cabinet is used, the door shall not be locked. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

16 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 6.1.6 Fire extinguishers shall be maintained in accordance with the instructions marked on each extinguisher. Fire extinguishers shall be inspected once a year and the date of the inspection recorded in ink on a tag attached to the extinguisher. 6.1.7 The fire extinguisher for a power room, battery room, or engine-driven generator shall be located inside or just outside of the door to the room, within 3 feet (0.9 m). If the engine-driven generator is enclosed as specified in 9.13.2 or 9.13.6, the extinguisher shall be located within 10 feet (3.05 m) of the enclosure. If the enclosure for the engine-driven generator is provided with a personnel door or gate, the extinguisher shall be located inside or just outside the door or gate, within 3 feet. 6.2 Fire suppression system 6.2.1 If the automation system equipment is located in a separate room that is not normally occupied by personnel, and it is protected by a fire suppression system using a carbon-dioxide or halogenated or clean agent extinguishing agent, the discharge of the extinguishing agent shall either be automatic and an audible signal shall announce that it is has been discharged, or the discharge of the extinguishing agent shall be under manual control. If under manual control, the automation system room shall be equipped with an automatic fire-alarm system that complies with the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72, with annunciation in the operating room. Manual discharge is not acceptable in a subsidiary station. 6.3 Water sheds 6.2.1 effective January 1, 1999 6.3.1 A water shed shall be installed over any equipment that is sensitive to water damage if there is a possibility of water damage from overhead. The water shed may be permanent, or may be a movable waterproof cover or shield installed next to the equipment so that it can be immediately positioned by one person to protect the equipment. A movable waterproof cover shall only be used in a manned station. 6.4 Repeater station fire protection 6.4.1 A repeater station need not be provided with fire protection equipment, unless located in a building. A repeater station in a building is not required to be provided with fire protection equipment if it is duplicated at separate sites and signals are able to be relayed through either site. 6.5 Automatic fire-alarm system 6.5.1 A station shall have an automatic fire-alarm system installed in all areas not continuously occupied by alarm service company personnel, but which are under its control. The system shall comply with the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72, and shall notify the operators of any trouble or fire condition that is detected. 7 Standby Lighting 6.5.1 effective January 1, 1999 7.1 Fixed standby lighting that is independent of the power source normally used for lighting, and which can be placed into service immediately, shall be provided in: a) The operating room of a station; b) Each runner and serviceperson station; and 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 17 c) An automation system room or equipment room that is separated from the operating room. 7.1 effective January 1, 1999 7.2 Fixed or portable standby lighting that is independent of the power source normally used for lighting, and which can be placed into service immediately, shall be provided: a) In a power room and b) For an engine-driven generator(s). 7.3 Independent battery-powered standby lighting units shall comply with the Standard for Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment, UL 924. 7.4 The standby lighting shall be tested for a continuous 5-minute period once per month. A record shall be kept of the test. 8 Clocks 8.1 The operating room shall be equipped with: 7.4 effective January 1, 1999 a) At least one clock and date-time stamp that includes the year or b) Two or more date-time stamps that include the year and which visually display the time. The year may be indicated with the last digit of the year. Each date-time stamp powered by 120-volt AC shall comply with the Standard for Time-Indicating and -Recording Appliances, UL 863. Each clock powered by 120-volt AC shall comply with UL 863 or with the Standard for Household Electric Clocks, UL 826. Except in a subsidiary station, all clocks and time-stamps shall be checked daily according to standard local time and, if necessary, reset. 8.2 The clocks and date-time stamps in a subsidiary station shall be checked monthly according to standard local time and, if necessary, reset. See 8.3. 8.3 When primary power has been restored after a power failure, all clocks, time-stamps and other time keeping and indicating equipment powered by AC are to be checked against and, if necessary, reset to standard local time. 9 Power Supply 9.1 General 9.1.1 Electrical power for signaling equipment used in a station shall be provided by methods complying with 9.1.2 9.15.5. 9.1.2 Operation of equipment from a secondary power source shall be indicated in the operating room when the switch over to the secondary source is made. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

18 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 9.2 Installation 9.2.1 All power supply equipment (such as batteries, battery-chargers, overcurrent protection, rectifiers, switching facilities, transformers, voltage regulators, power conditioners, emergency generating equipment, uninterruptible power supplies (UPS), engine-driven generator transfer switches, and the like) and wiring shall comply with, and be installed in accordance with, the requirements of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, as required by the local authority having jurisdiction, for such equipment. 9.3 Source 9.3.1 Two sources of power shall be provided for operation of the signaling equipment, and other associated equipment necessary for the ongoing operation of the station under all conditions. 9.4 Primary power supply 9.4.1 One primary power supply shall be provided. The primary power supply shall be used to operate the system under any condition except in case of its failure. The supply shall have the capacity for the intended service, and shall consist of: a) Commercial light and power service or b) A permanently-installed, engine-driven generator. 9.5 Secondary power supply 9.5.1 A secondary (standby) supply shall be provided to supply energy to all of the equipment necessary for the operation of the station in the event of failure of the primary power supply. The secondary power supply shall consist of either: a) A storage battery or batteries of sufficient capacity to operate the system for a 24-hour period; b) A permanently-installed, automatic-starting, engine-driven generator having sufficient capacity to power the system and a storage battery or batteries with a 4-hour capacity; or Exception: c) Two or more permanently installed engine-driven generators. With the largest capacity engine-driven generator out of service, the remaining engine-driven generator(s) shall be capable of supplying power to operate the system. Except for the conditions specified in 9.6.1, a standby battery is not required. Only one of the generators shall be automatic-starting. More than one of the engine-driven generators can be automatic starting if: a) They are supplying separate loads or b) The starting systems are arranged so that if the primary engine-driven generator does not start, the secondary engine-driven will start. 9.5.1 effective upon publication except for item (b) which is effective January 1, 1999 9.5.2 Provision shall be made to restore equipment used to provide secondary power to service within 72 hours by repair of the equipment or by its permanent or temporary replacement. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 19 9.6 Continuity of power supply 9.6.1 Rechargeable batteries of sufficient capacity to operate the system under maximum normal load for 15 minutes shall be provided if signals could be lost due to the transfer of power between the primary and secondary power supply, or if signal receiving units will require more than 30 seconds to reset. The rechargeable batteries shall assume the load in such a manner that no signals will be lost if the secondary power is supplied in accordance with: a) 9.5.1 (a) or (b) and the transfer is made manually or b) 9.5.1(c). 9.6.2 If signals will not be lost due to the transfer of power between the primary and secondary power supply, the transfer shall be accomplished, either manually or automatically, within 30 seconds of loss of primary power. If more than 30 seconds is required, standby power in accordance with 9.6.1 shall be provided. 9.6.3 An uninterruptible power supply (UPS) with sufficient battery capacity to operate equipment for at least 15 minutes, or until the secondary power supply is capable of supplying the UPS input power, shall be provided for computer equipment and other AC powered equipment used to receive or process signals, or both, if the: a) Status of signals previously received will be lost or confused upon loss of power or b) Equipment cannot be restored to full operation within 30 seconds of loss of primary power. 9.6.4 An automation system used to process signals shall be powered through a UPS with sufficient battery capacity to operate the automation system at maximum load for at least 15 minutes or until the secondary power supply is capable of supplying the UPS input power. 9.6.5 When secondary power is being provided by the engine-driven generator(s) during a primary power failure, and primary power is restored, the system shall not be returned to primary power until the primary power has been on for an uninterrupted period of at least 3 minutes. Restoration to primary power shall be by automatic or manual means. 9.7 Storage batteries 9.6.5 effective January 1, 1999 9.7.1 A storage battery shall be of the long-service, stationary-type or gelled electrolyte-type and shall be located or enclosed so that signaling equipment cannot be affected by battery gases. 9.7.2 All cells shall be insulated against grounds and crosses, and shall be mounted so as to not be subject to mechanical damage. A rack, frame or cabinet used to support a battery shall be protected against the corrosive effects of battery gases and liquids. 9.7.3 Battery cells shall be sealed to prevent the venting of gas or the power room or enclosure that houses batteries shall be vented to the outside atmosphere. 9.7.4 Batteries shall be marked with the date that they are installed and on which they are to be replaced based on the life expectancy indicated by the manufacturer s data. Batteries shall be replaced sooner if tests indicate that they should be replaced. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM 9.7.4 effective January 1, 1999

20 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 9.8 Overcurrent protection for external batteries 9.8.1 Batteries that are external to the equipment that they power shall be protected by enclosed fuses or circuit breakers in the main discharging leads. The overcurrent protection shall be installed as close to the battery terminals as practical. 9.8.2 The current rating of the fuse or circuit breaker shall not be less than 130 percent of the current rating of the charging source. The maximum rating shall not be more than 250 percent of the maximum normal operating load or 200 percent of the current rating of the charging source, whichever is greater. 9.8.3 The overcurrent protection provided as a part of the equipment shall be used if it is an integral part of the equipment. 9.8.4 The rating of a fuse or circuit breaker used in the grounded side of a battery, if provided, shall not be less than twice the rating of the fuse or circuit breaker in the ungrounded side. Exception: The rating of the circuit breaker in the grounded side can be less than twice the rating of the circuit breaker in the ungrounded side, but not less than that rating, if circuit breakers are used in both the ungrounded and grounded side, and they are mechanically linked (ganged) so that both will be opened if either one is operated. 9.8.5 At least two spare fuses and one spare circuit breaker for every rating that is in use shall be available at the station for replacement use. 9.9 Charging method 9.8.5 effective January 1, 1999 9.9.1 Provisions shall be made for charging a battery so that it will be protected from damage due to an excessive rate of charge or to the reversal or interruption of the supply current. 9.9.2 Spraying of the electrolyte shall be prevented while the battery is being charged by its charging source. 9.10 Trickle- or float-charged batteries 9.10.1 Battery chargers or DC power supplies of sufficient capacity shall be provided to supply power to all direct current circuits without overloading the charging equipment. 9.10.2 A storage battery of sufficient capacity shall be connected across the line in such a manner that would normally charge the battery, or it shall be in a separate standby condition with an automatic switching means such that the battery would be transferred to operate the system upon failure of the primary power supply. Working circuits shall not be affected by the switchover to standby battery. 9.10.3 Storage batteries that are intended to supply 24 hours of standby power shall be tested monthly by a 30-minute, normal operating load discharge test. The average voltage per cell shall not be permitted to drop below the manufacturer s recommended level. 9.10.4 The discharge test for a battery intended to supply 4 hours or 15 minutes of standby power shall be for a duration of 5 minutes. 9.10.5 If the DC source used to operate the system is also used to maintain the charge for the battery, it shall be capable of providing the maximum load with the battery fully discharged. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

APRIL 23, 1999 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 21 9.10.6 The charging current for either a trickle-or float-charged battery shall be such that a completely discharged battery is restored to the required operating charge within: a) 48 hours for a battery intended to supply 24 hours of standby power or b) 24 hours for a battery intended to supply 4 hours or 15 minutes of standby power. 9.11 Battery chargers and DC power supplies 9.11.1 Battery chargers and DC power supplies shall comply with the Standard for Power Supplies for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 1481; Industrial Battery Chargers, UL 1564; or Power Units Other Than Class 2, UL 1012. Exception: Does not apply to battery chargers used to maintain the starting battery for an engine driven generator. See 9.12.10. 9.11.1 revised April 23, 1999 9.11.2 Preventive maintenance shall be performed on a battery charger or DC power supply as specified by the manufacturer. The maintenance may be provided under a service contract. 9.12 Stationary, engine-driven generators 9.11.2 effective January 1, 1999 9.12.1 An engine-driven generator shall be used only if an operator trained in its use is on duty at all times, unless the requirements of 9.6.1 9.6.4 are met. 9.12.2 The installation of a stationary combustion engine shall comply with the requirements of the Standard for Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, NFPA 37, as applied by the local authority having jurisdiction. 9.12.3 There shall be an indication in the operating room when the engine-driven generator is operating. If there is more than one engine-driven generator, there shall be an indication of operation for each. 9.12.3 effective January 1, 1999 9.12.4 An engine-driven generator shall be located so that the noise, vibration, fumes, heat and the like, of its operation will not interfere with the handling of signals and other duties in the operating room and other functions of the station. 9.12.4 effective January 1, 1999 9.12.5 Fuel shall be stored in outside underground tanks whenever possible and gravity feed of fuel shall not be used. 9.12.6 Sufficient fuel shall be maintained so as to provide for 12 hours of operation at full-load if a reliable source of supply is available at any time on 2 hours notice. If a source of supply is not reliable or readily available, or if special arrangements must be made for refueling, a supply sufficient for 24 hours of operation must be maintained. Exception: Storage of fuel is not required for systems using natural or manufactured gas supplied through utility mains. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM 9.12.7 If gasoline fuel is used, which deteriorates with age, it shall be supplied from a working tank that is frequently replenished, or other means shall be provided to ensure that the gasoline will always be fresh.

22 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 9.12.8 The units shall be of sufficient capacity to be able to operate the system under the maximum normal load conditions in addition to all other demands, such as standby lighting. 9.12.9 The units shall have sufficient capacity to be able to operate air conditioning, heating, ventilation, and the like, if these functions are essential to the operation of the station. 9.12.10 A separate storage battery and automatic float charger shall be provided for starting the enginedriven generator and shall not be used for any other purpose. The charger shall comply with the Standard for Battery Chargers for Charging Engine Starting Batteries, UL 1236. 9.12.10 effective January 1, 1999 9.12.11 Each engine-driven generator shall be operated weekly under load by disconnecting the normal supply to the system for a continuous period of at least 30 minutes. This operation shall be performed at a definite scheduled time each week with a record retained of the test and results. Exception: An engine-driven generator at a subsidiary station may be tested monthly. See 11.10. 9.12.11 effective January 1, 1999 9.12.12 Preventative maintenance shall be performed on an engine-driven generator as specified by the manufacturer. The maintenance may be provided under a service contract. 9.12.13 The station shall: 9.13 Security 9.12.12 effective January 1, 1999 a) Maintain a current list of all the equipment and facilities that will be powered by the engine-driven generator(s) and their loads or b) Determine the load by operating the engine-driven generator(s) with all the intended equipment and facilities powered from it. See 9.12.11. 9.12.13 effective January 1, 1999 9.13.1 Engine-driven generators, power supplies, or batteries that are located in an area of the building not under supervision by station personnel, shall be located in a room that is locked and has all movable openings supervised by the station with contacts or the equivalent. Openings in the walls, ceiling, or floor that exceed manhole size (96 square inches (619 cm 2 ) with the smallest dimension exceeding 6 inches (152 mm) shall be protected with bars or screening as specified in 9.13.2 (a) or (b). 9.13.2 An engine-driven generator, power supply, or battery located in an area of the building that cannot be locked shall be enclosed by one of the following means: a) A mesh constructed either of expanded sheet steel at least 0.053 inch (1.4 mm) thick, or No. 10 AWG (0.102 inch diameter) (5.3 mm 2 ) steel wire, or an equivalent material. Any opening in the mesh shall not be wider than 2 inches (51 mm) when measured in any direction. b) A sheet metal enclosure using either steel or aluminum. Sheet steel shall have a minimum thickness of 0.032 inches (0.81 mm) and shall be provided with corrosion protection by painting, plating, or the equivalent. Sheet aluminum shall have a minimum thickness of 0.045 inch (1.14 mm). All removable panels shall be secured by lock and supervised with contacts by the station. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

APRIL 23, 1999 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 23 9.13.3 Openings in the sheet metal enclosure described in 9.13.2(b) intended for air flow and the like shall be protected with a mesh complying with the requirements in 9.13.2(a). 9.13.4 Gaps in the perimeter of the mesh barrier shall not exceed 6 inches (152 mm). The space between the barrier and wall, floor, or ceiling shall not exceed 6 inches. The spacing to the ceiling may exceed 6 inches if the mesh barrier extends to a height of 8 feet (2.44 m) and is topped with three horizontal strands of barbed wire or razor ribbon coils, or if the equipment is covered by the mesh. 9.13.5 The gates(s) or door(s) into the enclosure described in 9.13.2 shall be locked and supervised by the station with contacts. 9.13.6 An engine-driven generator located outdoors shall comply with the requirements specified in 9.13.2 9.13.5. If a mesh barrier is used, it shall extend to a height of at least 8 feet (2.44 m) and shall be topped by three horizontal strands of barbed wire or razor ribbon coils; otherwise the equipment shall be covered by the mesh, or the equivalent. The opening between the bottom edge of the mesh and a surface of concrete or asphalt, shall not exceed 6 inches (152 mm). If the surface below the bottom edge of the mesh is not concrete or asphalt, there shall be no opening between the bottom edge of the mesh and the surface. 9.13.7 The location of shut-off valves, for natural or manufactured gas supplied through utility mains to fuel an engine-driven generator, inside the building housing the station or within 150 feet (45.7 m) of the building, shall be known to the operators. The operators shall have a procedure for checking the valves in case of fuel shut-off. The valves may be supervised by the station. 9.14 Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) units 9.14.1 When equipment used to receive and process signals in a station is required to have an uninterrupted source of alternating current (AC), a UPS shall be provided. A UPS shall comply with the Standards for Power Supplies for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 1481, or Uninterruptible Power Supply Equipment, UL 1778. 9.14.1 revised April 23, 1999 9.14.2 In order to perform maintenance and repair service, a means for disconnecting the input and output to a UPS shall be provided. One of the following methods shall be employed: a) A manual bypass switch that will not interrupt continuity of power to the UPS load when operated; b) The UPS and any equipment that constitutes the UPS s load shall be duplicated and connected to a separate branch circuit supply. Any automation equipment shall be capable of being brought into service within 5-1/2 minutes; or c) Any other method that will allow a UPS to be taken out of service with out interrupting power to the load that it supplies. 9.14.3 A UPS that is intended to supply 24 hours of standby power shall be tested monthly by using it to supply its intended load for 30 minutes. A record shall be kept of the test and the results. 9.14.4 A UPS that is intended to supply 4 hours or 15 minutes of standby power shall be tested monthly by using it to supply its intended load for 5 minutes. A record shall be kept of the test and the results. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

24 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 9.14.5 Preventive maintenance shall be performed on a UPS as specified by the manufacturer. The maintenance may be provided under a maintenance contract. 9.14.6 The station shall: 9.14.5 effective January 1, 1999 a) Maintain a current list of all the equipment and facilities that will be powered by the UPS and their loads or b) Determine the load by operating the UPS with all the intended equipment and facilities powered from it. See 9.14.4. 9.15 Uninterruptible battery supply (UBS) units 9.14.6 effective January 1, 1999 9.15.1 A UBS shall be installed and operated as an engine-driven generator. See 9.12 and 9.13. 9.15.2 There shall be an indication in the operating room that the UBS is operating. If there is more than one UBS, there shall be an indication of operation for each. 9.15.2 effective January 1, 1999 9.15.3 A UBS shall be operated weekly under load for a continuous period of at least 30 minutes. This operation shall be performed at a definite scheduled time each week with a record retained of the test and results. 9.15.4 Preventive maintenance shall be performed on a UBS as specified by the manufacturer. The maintenance may be provided under a service contract. 9.15.5 The station shall: 9.15.4 effective January 1, 1999 a) Maintain a current list of all the equipment and facilities that will be powered by the UBS and their loads or b) Determine the load by operating the UBS with all the intended equipment and facilities powered from it. See 9.15.3. 10 Cable System 10.1 General 9.15.5 effective January 1, 1999 10.1.1 In general, for leased or other wires, standard telephone operating practice shall be accepted. For requirements pertaining to protectors on each circuit, aerial or underground, refer to the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, Article 800, as applied by the local authority having jurisdiction. 10.1.2 The conductors carrying signaling and communication circuits into the station shall be protected against fire, mechanical damage, and attack by the methods outlined in 10.2.1 10.4.5. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 25 10.2 Underground entrance 10.2.1 Underground conductors entering the building housing the station shall be grouped in cables rated for underground service and shall have mechanical protection where necessary to protect against fire and other damage. The mechanical protection shall be provided by rigid metal electrical conduit, electrical metallic tubing, or masonry encasement, or shall be at least 18 inches (0.45 m) below the grade surface or under a paved street or sidewalk (concrete or asphalt). The masonry encasement shall be at least 3 inches (76 mm) thick. 10.2.2 Telephone terminal boards, cables, and the like, shall be placed and run through locations which are not exposed to risk of fire or flammable material in the vicinity. Telephone rooms shall not be used for the storage of combustible materials. 10.2.3 Manholes, covered cable vaults, and pedestal enclosures within 150 feet (45.7 m) of the building housing the station, and which provide access to the conductors entering the station, shall be mechanically secured to restrict access or shall be electrically supervised by the station. The means used to mechanically secure the manhole cover, cable vault cover, or pedestal enclosure shall require a lock or special tool to release. 10.3 Overhead entrance 10.3.1 Overhead conductors entering the building housing the station shall be at least 18 feet (5.5 m) above grade within 150 feet (45.7 m) of the building. Conductors that are less than 18 feet above grade within 150 feet of the building housing the station, shall be provided with mechanical protection by rigid metal electrical conduit or electrical metallic tubing. See 10.3.2. 10.3.2 Cables routed from overhead to underground on a pole or down the side of a building within 150 feet (45.7 m) of the building housing the station, shall be protected by rigid metal electrical conduit, electrical metallic tubing, or a sheet steel guard. 10.4 Conductors inside the building 10.4.1 Conductors that are not in an area under the control of the station shall not be marked to identify them as serving the station. 10.4.2 Conductors carrying signaling and communication circuits located inside a multiple-occupancy building housing the station, but outside of the part of the building housing the station itself shall be provided with electrical or mechanical protection. 10.4.3 Electrical protection shall consist of: a) A protective circuit surrounding the conductors; b) Volumetric-radiation motion detection or the equivalent, in the area of the conductors adjusted to comply with the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681; c) Complete protection of all moveable openings leading into areas containing the conductors in accordance with the requirements in UL 681; or d) Protection of each area through which the conductors pass, in accordance with the requirements for Extent No. 3 in UL 681. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

26 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 10.4.4 Conductors that are concealed by the building structure do not require electrical protection or additional mechanical protection if building structure must be damaged or destroyed to gain access to the conductors. This does not apply to lift-out drop ceiling panels or removable wall or floor panels. 10.4.5 All electrical protection shall be monitored by the station. 10.5 Antenna cable 10.5.1 For requirements pertaining to protectors on each antenna circuit, refer to the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, Article 820, as applied by the local authority having jurisdiction. 10.5.1 effective January 1, 1999 10.5.2 An antenna cable connecting a radio antenna to radio receiving and/or transmitting equipment in a station shall be protected against fire, mechanical damage, and attack by the methods outlined in 10.5.3 10.5.9. 10.5.2 effective January 1, 1999 10.5.3 The base of an antenna tower or mast at a central station shall be protected by a barrier constructed of a mesh of either expanded sheet steel at least 0.053 inch (1.4 mm) thick, or No. 10 AWG (0.102 inch diameter) (5.3 mm 2 ) steel wire, or an equivalent material, extending to a height of at least 8 feet (2.44 m), topped by three horizontal strands of barbed wire or razor ribbon coils. Any opening in the mesh of the barrier shall not be wider than 2 inches (51 mm) when measured in any direction. The opening between the bottom edge of the barrier and a surface of concrete or asphalt, shall not exceed 6 inches (152 mm). If the surface below the bottom edge of the barrier is not concrete or asphalt, there shall be no opening between the bottom edge of the barrier and the surface. 10.5.3 effective January 1, 1999 10.5.4 An antenna cable routed down a pole or the side of a building within 150 feet (45.7 m) of the building housing the station shall be protected by rigid metal electrical conduit, electrical metallic tubing or a sheet steel guard. 10.5.4 effective January 1, 1999 10.5.5 An antenna cable that is not in an area under the control of the station shall not be marked to identify it as serving the station. 10.5.5 effective January 1, 1999 10.5.6 An antenna cable inside a multiple-occupancy building housing the station, and which is outside of the part of the building housing the station itself shall be provided with electrical or mechanical protection. 10.5.7 Electrical protection shall consist of: 10.5.6 effective January 1, 1999 a) A protective circuit surrounding the cable; b) Volumetric-radiation motion detection or the equivalent, in the area of the conductors, adjusted to comply with the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681; c) Complete protection of all moveable openings leading into areas containing the cable in accordance with the requirements in UL 681; or 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 27 d) Protection of each area through which the cable passes, in accordance with the requirements for Extent No. 3 in UL 681. 10.5.7 effective January 1, 1999 10.5.8 An antenna cable that is concealed by the building structure does not require electrical protection or additional mechanical protection, if the building structure must be damaged or destroyed to gain access to the cable. This does not apply to lift-out drop ceiling panels or removable wall or floor panels. 10.5.8 effective January 1, 1999 10.5.9 All electrical protection shall be monitored by the station. 10.5.9 effective January 1, 1999 11 Subsidiary Stations 11.1 A subsidiary station shall be connected to a central-station or residential monitoring station by: a) Two or more supervised channels, any one of which can be used to operate the system or b) By a supervised channel and a backup channel that is made through the telephone company s dial-up network. The connection through the dial-up channel shall be tested weekly by operating through the dial-up channel for 5 minutes or more. A record shall be made of the test. 11.1 effective January 1, 1999 11.2 The connection between the receiving units at a subsidiary station and the equipment transmitting signals to the manned central station or residential monitoring station, shall be supervised so that a trouble signal is transmitted to the manned station if the connection is faulted. 11.2 effective January 1, 1999 11.3 The switch-over to the standby channel, either supervised or dial-up, shall be made within 90 seconds after the loss of the primary channel. 11.3 effective January 1, 1999 11.4 If all the channels between a subsidiary station and manned station are lost, any signals received by the subsidiary station shall be automatically recorded or stored until the subsidiary station can be manned or the channels restored. 11.5 A subsidiary station shall be equipped so that it can be manned and operated as a central-station or a residential monitoring station. 11.6 A subsidiary station shall be manned by qualified operating personnel within one hour after the central-station or residential monitoring station has determined that all contact has been lost and signals cannot be received from the subsidiary station. a) Once manning has occurred they shall catch-up to handling current signals in real-time within one hour of their arrival. b) Only alarms and trouble signals shall be required to be handled during the manned period. c) Signals shall be handled on a first in-first out basis, including the catch-up period. See (a). 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

28 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 d) Signal handling shall be recorded and available as indicated in Records, Sections 21 and 37. e) Database availability shall be assured through local physical files or no less than two distinct sources that are immediately available, organized, and not more than one week old. f) Primary communication with persons outside the subsidiary station shall be through the use of wireless communications (see 11.11) with no less than one channel per-work position. The method employed shall also support continued manual operation for 24 hours. g) The alarm company shall specify the number of positions required for manning of the subsidiary station based upon a documented ratio of the number of accounts whose systems report therein to the number of operators required. (Each position shall be equipped with a PSTN telephone.) Revised 11.6 effective December 31, 2008 11.7 Equipment used in a subsidiary station for burglar-alarm service shall comply with the requirements in the Standards for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610, or Digital Alarm Communicator System Units, UL 1635. Equipment used in a subsidiary station for fire-alarm service shall comply with the requirements in the Standard for Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864. 11.8 A subsidiary station shall be protected by a burglar-alarm and an automatic fire-alarm system whose signals are transmitted to the station that it is connected to. The automatic fire-alarm system shall comply with the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72. The burglar-alarm system shall comply with the requirements for Extent No. 3 in the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681, and shall be armed when the station is unattended. See 5.9. 11.8 effective January 1, 1999 11.9 The power and environmental control systems of a subsidiary station shall be monitored by the station to which it is connected. Revised 11.9 effective December 31, 2008 11.10 A subsidiary station shall be inspected once a month by central-station or residential monitoring station personnel or their authorized agents to verify the operation of all equipment, telephones, battery conditions and, if used, engine-driven generators. Revised 11.10 effective December 31, 2008 11.11 A subsidiary station shall be equipped with a cellular telephone or an equivalent means of voice communication that is independent of the telephone cable that is connected between the subsidiary station and the serving wire center of the telephone company, or personnel who can man the subsidiary station shall be so equipped. 11.11 effective January 1, 1999 11.12 There shall be a written plan of action for the restoration of service by a subsidiary station. The plan shall include the following. a) Foreseeable disasters: Possible natural and man-made disaster threats, national and local, that could affect the station. b) Emergency names list: A notification list that includes the names and the telephone numbers at work, home, vacation home, and the like, and home addresses of management, technical, operators, runners, and other relevant personnel. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 29 c) Equipment vendor contacts: The 24-hour telephone and fax numbers of the vendors, technical assistance providers, and maintenance contractors of the equipment used in the station. d) Municipal agency contacts: Emergency telephone numbers for local municipal agencies, such as the fire and police departments, to be called for help. e) Utility contacts: Formalized emergency procedures and 24-hour contact names and telephone numbers of the utility and telephone companies serving the station. f) If an engine-driven generator(s) is used that requires on-site fuel storage, there shall be a 24-hours a day contact and telephone number for a source of fuel resupply. g) Relocation site: If a relocation site is provided for, information on the location of the site, how to get there, how to put the site into operation, and 24-hour emergency management contact names and telephone numbers. h) The processes, people, and who is responsible for what, in a form easily understandable by those who are required to perform the manual manning procedure(s). Revised 11.12 effective December 31, 2008 11.13 Supervisory personnel and designated employees shall be made familiar with the plan and shall know the location of a copy of the plan that is kept at the station or in another location, immediately available, which is clearly noted in the subsidiary station for all to see. The implementation of the plan shall be practiced annually to assure that all personnel know their responsibilities in case of an emergency, thus providing the opportunity to evaluate the current plan, making any changes that are recognized as needed. Revised 11.13 effective December 31, 2008 11.14 The plan shall be reviewed and updated every six months and current copies shall be kept in designated and accessible locations. 11.14 effective January 1, 1999 12 Equipment 12.1 Equipment used in a station shall comply with the requirements for that equipment. 12.2 Equipment shall be mounted or installed where it will be least subjected to vibration, jarring and conditions leading to mechanical damage. 12.3 Wiring to protective equipment shall be connected through distribution panels with marked terminals to facilitate rapid transfer of lines from defective units to reserve units when necessary. 12.4 For direct-wire and code-transmitter receiving units, each station shall have two or more audible signal units which may be disabled if the station uses an automation system to process signals. One of the audible signal units may be a reserve, if it can be placed in service within 1 hour. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

30 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 12.5 Each multiplex receiver, digital alarm communicator receiver and similar receiver shall have an audible signal that will annunciate the receipt of a signal requiring the attention of an operator. The audible signal(s) may be disabled if the station uses an automation system to process signals. 12.6 Wiring connection shall be made to appropriate terminals. Connecting wire shall have the current-carrying capacity and insulation for the service to which it may be subjected. It shall be laced or cabled and protected against physical damage and abrasion by conduit, raceway, or the equivalent. 12.7 If the instructions for alarm-receiving equipment or automation system equipment indicate that it is to be used in a controlled environment where the ambient temperature is to be maintained between 13 and 35 C (55 and 95 F), the area of the station where such equipment is located shall be equipped with a heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning system that will maintain that temperature range. The standby power system shall be capable of powering the heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning system for 24 hours or more. The standby power for the heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning system may be supplied by an engine-driven generator alone. 12.8 When required tests of equipment are made, a record of the test shall be made. 13 Receiver Units 13.1 Direct-wire burglar-alarm systems 13.1.1 General 13.1.1.1 As used in this standard, the term direct-wire system refers to a system that provides for the connection of a single protection system to a single alarm-receiving unit at the station. Such equipment shall comply with the requirements for direct-wire alarm units in the Standard for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610. 13.1.2 Direct-wire burglar-alarm receiver units 13.1.2.1 Spare direct-wire receiving units shall be kept at each station and arranged so that they can be placed in service within 1 hour. 13.2 Code (McCulloh) transmitter systems 13.2.1 General 13.2.1.1 As used in this standard, the term code transmitter system refers to a system that provides for the connection of more than one protection system to a single alarm receiving unit at the station. Such equipment used for burglar-alarm service shall comply with the requirements for code transmitter alarm units in the Standard for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610. Such equipment used for fire-alarm service shall comply with the requirements for code transmitter alarm units in the Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864. 13.2.1.2 Connection between the subscriber s protective wiring and the receiving unit at the station shall be made by means of a code transmitter that is connected to the subscriber s control unit or is an integral part of the control unit. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 30A 13.2.2 Receiving units 13.2.2.1 Code signals shall be received at the central-station or residential monitoring station and recorded on a tape register or other recording instrument that complies with the Standard for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610, or Control Units for Fire-Protective Systems, UL 864. Each station line circuit shall include at least one recording instrument. 13.2.2.2 An audible signal shall sound while a code signal is being received. An audible signal connected in common to more than one switchboard unit may be used for this purpose. 13.2.2.3 Each line circuit shall be provided with a visual signal that is activated while a signal is being received from any equipment on its circuit. The circuit from which the signal is being transmitted shall be identifiable under this arrangement. 13.2.3 Burglar-alarm service 13.2.3.1 Not more than 15 active burglar-alarm code transmitters shall be connected to one circuit. Each code transmitter shall send an individual signal readily distinguishable from the signal of any other code transmitter on the same circuit. See Table 13.1. 13.2.3.2 Inactive code transmitters (excluding fire-alarm, see 13.2.5.1) may be connected to circuits servicing active burglar-alarm systems. 13.2.3.3 No more than 20 inactive (excluding fire-alarm, see 13.2.5.1) code transmitters may be connected in one circuit serving active burglar-alarm systems. See Table 13.1. 13.2.3.4 For every ten inactive (excluding fire-alarm, see 13.2.5.1) code transmitters connected in one circuit, the number of active burglar-alarm code transmitters that may be connected in the circuit shall be reduced by one, beginning with a maximum of 15 active burglar-alarm code transmitters being 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

30B CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 31 permitted (as specified in 13.2.3.1) when no inactive transmitters are connected. For example, if 20 inactive code transmitters are connected in one circuit, the circuit shall not have more than 13 active burglar-alarm code transmitters. See Table 13.1. Exception: If all of the code transmitters in a circuit (excluding fire-alarm, see 13.2.5.1) are inactive, the total number can be 250. Table 13.1 Number of code transmitters allowed on a circuit Normal transmitters, Non-clash transmitters, active inactive active inactive 15 0 45 0 14 10 42 30 13 20 39 60 0 250 0 250 a a Excludes fire alarm transmitters 13.2.3.5 If the equipment is able to operate without signal clash or loss, the maximum number of code transmitters, both inactive and active (excluding fire-alarm, see 13.2.5.1), permitted in 13.2.3.1, 13.2.3.3, and 13.2.3.4, may be multiplied by three but shall not exceed 250 if all of them are inactive. See Table 13.1. 13.2.4 Fire-alarm service 13.2.4.1 A code transmitter circuit that is used for fire-alarm service shall comply with the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72, and shall not exceed 250 transmitters or code wheels. 13.2.5 Fire- and burglar-alarm service 13.2.5.1 If a code transmitter circuit is used for fire-alarm service and other service, such as burglar-alarm, industrial processes, and the like, the number of transmitters used for other services shall be limited to 5 or less. 13.2.6 Spare equipment 13.2.6.1 Spare code transmitter receiving units and recorders shall be kept at each station and arranged so that they can be placed in service within 1 hour. 13.3 Multiplex systems 13.3.1 General 13.3.1.1 For the purpose of these requirements, the term multiplexing refers to a method of signaling characterized by the simultaneous or sequential transmission and reception of multiple signals over a communication channel and the provision of means for positively identifying each signal. The signaling may be accomplished over a communication channel or radio carrier or a combination of both. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

32 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 13.3.1.2 The signal may be transmitted from the protection system directly to the central-station or residential monitoring station, or through a subsidiary station or repeater station. 13.3.1.3 Equipment used in a burglar-alarm multiplex system shall comply with the requirements for multiplex alarm units in the Standard for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610. Equipment used in a fire-alarm multiplex system shall comply with the requirements for multiplex alarm units in the Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864. 13.3.2 Receiving units 13.3.2.1 The number of burglar-alarm systems served by a multiplex receiver shall be limited to 1000. Exception: The capacity of the system is considered to be unlimited if the station equipment is completely duplicated by standby equipment and a switchover can be accomplished in not more than 90 seconds with no loss of signals during this period. 13.3.2.2 The loading of a multiplex system used to provide fire-alarm service shall comply with the requirements of the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72. 13.3.2.3 Spare parts of equipment shall be maintained at the station so that any component whose malfunction will prevent the receipt and interpretation of signals can be replaced and the system restored to service within 1 hour. Spare parts are not required if the equipment is duplicated. 13.4 Digital alarm radio system (DARS) 13.4.1 General 13.4.1.1 A digital alarm radio system (DARS) is a one-way radio system that provides for a secondary means of signal transmission in an alarm system that uses a digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT). The signal transmission shall be after the DACT has failed to make successful contact with the DACR or its transmission shall be simultaneous with the transmission by the DACT. Equipment used in a DARS shall comply with the requirements for such equipment in the Standards for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610, and Control Units for Fire-Protective Systems, UL 864. 13.4.1.1 effective January 1, 1999 13.4.1.2 Failure of the telephone line connected to the DACT shall result in a trouble signal being transmitted to the digital alarm radio receiver (DARR) within 4 minutes of detection of the fault. 13.4.1.2 effective January 1, 1999 13.4.1.3 A DARS shall have a 90 percent probability of successfully completing each transmission sequence. 13.4.2 Digital alarm radio transmitter (DART) 13.4.1.3 effective January 1, 1999 13.4.2.1 A transmission sequence by a digital alarm radio transmitter (DART) shall be repeated a minimum of five times. The transmissions may be terminated in less than five sequences if the DACT successfully communicates with the DACR. 13.4.2.1 effective January 1, 1999 1/16/2007-3:02 PM 13.4.2.2 A DART shall transmit a digital code or the equivalent by use of radio transmission to its associated DARR. Signal repetition, digital parity check, or some equivalent means of signal verification shall be used. NOT AUTHORIZED 13.4.2.2 FOR effective FURTHER January 1, 1999 REPRODUCTION OR

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 33 13.4.2.3 Each DART shall automatically initiate and complete a test signal transmission sequence to its associated DARR at least once every 24 hours. A successful DART signal transmission sequence of any type within the same 24-hour period shall be considered sufficient to fulfill this requirement if the signals received by the DARR are processed by an automation system which will alert operators of the delinquency of a 24-hour test signal. If no signals are transmitted during a 24-hour period, a special signal for this purpose shall be transmitted. If an automation system with this feature is not used, or if an automation system is not used, the test signal shall be transmitted at the same time every 24 hours. 13.4.3 Digital alarm radio receiver (DARR) 13.4.2.3 effective January 1, 1999 13.4.3.1 A standby DARR shall be provided at the station and shall be capable of replacing a failed unit within 30 seconds after detection of the failure. 13.4.3.1 effective January 1, 1999 13.4.3.2 The following functions shall be supervised at the manned station: a) Failure of AC power supplying the DARR equipment; b) Malfunction of the operating DARR; c) Malfunction of the receiving antenna and interconnecting cable; d) Indication of an automatic switchover between the DARR units; and e) Malfunction of the data transmission line between the DARR and a station which is remotely located from the DARR. 13.5 One way radio alarm system (OWRAS) 13.5.1 General 13.4.3.2 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.1.1 A one way radio alarm system (OWRAS) consists of a radio alarm transmitter (RAT) located at the protected premises which will transmit one way signals to a radio alarm supervising station receiver (RASSR) located at the station. The transmission of the signal shall be through at least two independently powered, independently operating and separately located radio alarm repeater station receivers (RARSR), which shall relay the signal on to the RASSR. Exception: RASSR. The transmission may be through one RARSR and also independently sent directly to the 13.5.1.1 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.1.2 The OWRAS may be independently owned and operated by the station, or it may be through a company providing an alarm and signal transport service network. 13.5.1.2 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.1.3 The equipment used in an OWRAS shall comply with the requirements for such equipment in the Standards for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610, and Control Units for Fire-Protective Systems, UL 864. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM 13.5.1.3 effective January 1, 1999

34 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 13.5.2 Signal transmission time and probability 13.5.2.1 The time required to transmit a signal from a RAT to a RASSR shall be as indicated in (a) (c). There shall be: a) A 90 percent probability that the time between the initiation of a signal until it is recorded at the central-station or residential monitoring station shall not exceed 90 seconds; b) A 99 percent probability that the time between the initiation of a signal until it is recorded at the station shall not exceed 180 seconds; and c) A 99.999 percent probability that the time between the initiation of a signal until it is recorded at the station shall not exceed 450 seconds (7.5 minutes). At that time the RAT shall cease transmitting. 13.5.3 Supervision 13.5.2.1 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.3.1 The following conditions at each RARSR shall be supervised: a) Failure of AC power supply of the radio equipment; b) Radio receiver malfunction; and c) Indication of an automatic switchover to another RARSR (if applicable). 13.5.3.1 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.3.2 In an OWRAS owned and operated by a central-station or residential monitoring station, these conditions shall be annunciated at the station. If the OWRAS service is provided through an independently owned and operated alarm and signal transport service network, the annunciation shall be at one of the stations served by the network or shall be by other means determined to be acceptable. 13.5.4 Protected premises supervision 13.5.3.2 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.4.1 A RAT shall be used with another signal transmission method that will provide for the receipt of an acknowledgement signal from the station when the system is armed. See 31.2.1 and Table 31.2. An alarm signal shall be transmitted over both the RAT and the other method of signal transmission. Other signals, such as opening and closing, may be transmitted over only one of the signal transmission methods. 13.5.4.1 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.4.2 A RAT shall automatically initiate and complete a test signal transmission sequence to its associated RASSR at least once every 24 hours. If the signals from the RASSR are processed by an automation system that will notify operating personnel that a RAT is delinquent with its 24-hour test signal, a signal of any type within each 24-hour period will meet this requirement. If no signals are transmitted during a 24-hour period, a special signal for this purpose shall be transmitted. If an automation system with this feature is not used, or if an automation system is not used, the test signal shall be transmitted at the same time every 24 hours. 13.5.4.2 effective January 1, 1999 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 35 13.5.5 Minimum equipment 13.5.5.1 An OWRAS that is owned and operated by the station shall have a minimum of two independently-powered, independently-operating, and separately located RARSR. Exception: If the transmission from each RAT can be made directly to the RASSR at the station as well as through one RARSR, the system may operate with one RARSR. 13.5.5.1 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.5.2 If the OWRAS operates through an alarm and signal transport service network provided by an independent company, the network shall have a minimum of three independently powered, independently operating, and separately located RARSRs. 13.5.5.2 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.5.3 The station shall have a standby RASSR that can be put into service within 30 seconds after it has been determined that the operating RASSR has failed. 13.5.5.3 effective January 1, 1999 13.5.5.4 The failure of a RARSR to receive and relay signals from a RAT shall be annunciated at the station in a system that is owned and operated by the central-station or residential monitoring station. In an alarm and signal transport service system, the failure of a RARSR to process signals shall be annunciated at the station supervising the operation of the network. 13.6 Two-way radio alarm system (TWRAS) 13.5.5.4 effective January 1, 1999 13.6.1 A two-way radio alarm system (TWRAS) shall comply with all of the requirements for a one-way radio alarm system (OWRAS) with the exception that the protected premises is equipped with a radio alarm transmitter/receiver (RATR) which is capable of receiving signals as well as transmitting them. The station shall be equipped with a minimum of two radio transmitters capable of transmitting interrogation signals to each RATR in the system either directly or through one or more RARSRs. 13.6.1 effective January 1, 1999 13.6.2 The station standby radio transmitters shall be operated once a month to determine proper operation. A record shall be kept of the dates and times that the units are operated. 13.7 Digital alarm communicator system units 13.7.1 General 13.6.2 effective January 1, 1999 13.7.1.1 For the purpose of these requirements, the term digital alarm communicator system refers to a system that provides for the connection of a protection system to a station through the telephone company s switched network or a cellular telephone system (dial system). Equipment used in such a system for burglar-alarm service shall comply with the Standard for Digital Alarm Communicator System Units, UL 1635. Equipment used in such a system for fire-alarm service shall comply with the Standard for Control-Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864. 13.7.2 Digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR) 1/16/2007-3:02 PM 13.7.2.1 There shall be spare DACR receivers that can be put into service in 30 seconds or less. One spare receiver unit shall be available as a backup for a maximum of five active units. A spare DACR shall have the same or greater capacity as any DACR it is to replace. 13.7.2.1 effective January 1, 1999

36 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 13.7.2.2 A DACR shall be provided with a minimum of two telephone lines (numbers) and a maximum of eight. See Table 13.2. Each line (number) shall be supervised so that the operator will be alerted by audible and visual signals if any line develops a fault that would prevent its use. A fault on any one of the telephone lines (numbers) shall not prevent the receiver from utilizing the remaining lines. All lines (numbers) serving a DACR shall be for digital alarm communicator transmitter signals only and shall be unlisted. 13.7.2.2 effective January 1, 1999 Table 13.2 System transmitters System loading at a central-station, subsidiary station, or residential Number of lines in hunt group monitoring station 1 2 3 4 5to8 With DACR lines processed in parallel: N Number of initiating circuits O 5000 10000 20000 20000 Number of DACTs T 500 1500 3000 3000 A C C With DACR lines process serially (put E on hold, then answered one at a time): Number of initiating circuits P 3000 5000 6000 6000 Number of DACTs T 300 800 1000 1000 A B L E 13.7.2.3 The loading capacity of a digital alarm communicator receiver shall be in accordance with Table 13.2 or it shall be demonstrated that there is a 90 percent probability that an incoming call will be accepted immediately. 13.7.2.4 For each active alarm system or each suppressed guard tour, the allowable number of DACTs specified in Table 13.2 shall be reduced by: a) 10 for a 4-line hunt group; b) 7 for a 5-line hunt group; c) 6 for a 6-line hunt group; d) 5 for a 7-line hunt group; or e) 4 for a 8-line hunt group. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 37 13.7.2.5 For each unsuppressed guard tour, the allowable number of DACTs specified in Table 13.2 shall be reduced by: a) 30 for a 4-line hunt group; b) 21 for a 5-line hunt group; c) 18 for a 6-line hunt group; d) 15 for a 7-line hunt group; or e) 12 for a 8-line hunt group. 13.7.2.6 At least one signal shall be received over each of the lines (numbers) connected to a DACR once every 24 hours. 14 Automation Systems 14.1 For the purpose of these requirements, an automation system is a system that is used to automatically process signals received by the station receivers. An automation system shall comply with the Standard for Safety for: a) Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864; or b) Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610; or c) Central-Station Automation Systems, UL 1981. 14.2 If the system serves more than 200 active systems or more than 1000 inactive systems, the following conditions shall be met: a) The automation system s main computer, hard disk, main computer s video display terminal, and the software components including the operating system, program languages, and the alarm monitoring software shall be completely duplicated so as to constitute a backup computer system. The backup computer shall be switched over within 30 seconds so that it is energized and can be connected to the receivers, printers, and other devices required for the system. The backup system shall be fully operational within 6 minutes of the loss of the primary system. This allows 30 seconds for plugging in the computer and switching the communication lines over to the backup system and allows 5-1/2 additional minutes for the system to boot up, conduct memory tests, file system check, security verifications, and prepare for full operation. The backup computer shall have all the capabilities of the primary computer, including memory size, speed, and the like. The station operators and supervisor(s) shall be trained monthly in making the switchover and bringing the backup computer on line. Exception: A fault-tolerant computer system is acceptable as a duplicated computer system. b) The station operators and supervisor(s) are trained for a period of not less than one hour per month in the use of receivers, and on maintaining sufficient current documentation on hand to handle signals directly from the receivers. A log documenting such training shall be available at the station. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM c) The receivers are located in the same room or area as the operators. A glass partition, allowing visual observation of the receivers, may separate the operators and receivers.

38 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 d) The database on the backup computer shall be updated not less than once every 24 hours. Automation systems that serve not more than 1000 active systems or not more than 5000 inactive systems may update the database on the backup computer on a weekly basis if they make a backup copy of the database on a floppy disk or tape not less than once every 24 hours. 14.2 effective May 1, 1997 to coincide with UL 1981. Until May 1, 1997, the number of systems requiring duplication shall be 1000 active or 5000 inactive for systems that comply with UL 864 and/or UL 1610 14.3 A completely duplicated automation system is not required when all of the following conditions are met: a) The automation system does not serve more than 200 active systems nor more than 1000 inactive systems and operates in the degraded mode of operation using the receivers. b) The station supervisors and operators are trained in the use of receivers for a period long enough to enable them to handle signals directly from the receivers. They shall be tested after receiving the training to ensure that they are capable of handling signals directly from receivers. A log documenting such training and testing shall be available at the station. c) The station shall maintain sufficient current documentation on hand to enable the operators to handle signals directly from the receiver. d) The functions of the receivers connected to the automation system that are suppressed during operation of the automation system shall revert back to normal operation upon failure of the automation system. Such functions include printing all incoming signals and providing audible and visual indications of change-of-status signals. e) The receivers are located in the same room or area as the operators and are accessible for operation. A glass partition, allowing visual observation of the receivers, may separate the operators and receivers. 14.3 effective May 1, 1997 to coincide with UL 1981 (See a). Until May 1, 1997, the number of systems requiring duplication shall be 1000 active or 5000 inactive for systems that comply with UL 864 and/or UL 1610 14.4 Failure of the main computer system, hard disk, alarm monitor, and switchover to the backup shall be indicated by an audible and visual signal within 90 seconds of the occurrence of the fault. A visual display condition under which the failure or switchover condition is obvious to the operator is acceptable in lieu of both visual and audible signal. 14.4 effective May 1, 1997 to coincide with UL 1981 14.5 When an automation system is required to be duplicated, the secondary power supply shall maintain its operation. See Power Supply, Section 9. 14.5 effective May 1, 1997 to coincide with UL 1981 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 39 FIRE-ALARM SERVICES 15 Type of Service 15.1 Service in accordance with the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72, or the Standard for Installation, Maintenance and Use of Central-Station Signaling Systems, NFPA 71, is provided in one of the following ways: a) Full Service A central-station that provides monitoring, re-transmission of signals, and associated record keeping and reporting for signals received from central-station fire-alarm systems. The station provides for protected premises equipment installation, inspection, testing, maintenance, and repair service of central-station systems, runner service, and associated central-station services, either directly or by subcontracting for these services. b) Monitoring A central-station that provides monitoring, re-transmission of signals, and associated record keeping and reporting for signals from central-station fire-alarm systems. Other services are not provided. c) Fire-Alarm Service Local Company A company that provides for protected premises equipment installation, inspection, testing, maintenance, and repair service of central-station fire-alarm systems with its own facilities and personnel. Monitoring, re-transmission of signals, associated record keeping and reporting for signals from central-station fire-alarm systems is to be subcontracted with a central-station. Runner service is provided by the company or the central-station. 16 Central-Station Operation 16.1 A central-station shall be equipped with a cellular telephone or an equivalent means of voice communication that is independent of the telephone cable that is between the station and the serving wire center of the telephone company. 16.1 effective January 1, 1999 16.2 There shall be a written plan of action for the restoration of service by a central-station. The plan shall include the following. a) Foreseeable disasters: Possible natural and man-made disaster threats, national and local, that could effect the station. b) Emergency names list: A notification list that includes the names and the telephone numbers at work, home, vacation home, and the like, and home addresses of management, technical, operators, runners, and other relevant personnel. c) Equipment vender contacts: The 24-hour telephone and fax numbers of the vendors, technical assistance providers, and maintenance contractors of the equipment used in the station. d) Municipal agency contacts: Emergency telephone numbers for local municipal agencies, such as the fire and police departments, to be called for help. e) Utility contacts: Formalized emergency procedures and 24-hour contact names and telephone numbers of the utility and telephone companies serving the station. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM f) If an engine-driven generator(s) is used that requires on-site fuel storage, there shall be a 24-hours a day contact and telephone number for a source of fuel resupply.

40 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 g) Relocation site: If a relocation site is provided for, information on the location of the site, how to get there, how to put the site into operation, and 24-hour, emergency management contact names and telephone numbers. 16.2 effective January 1, 1999 16.3 Supervisory personnel and designated employees shall be made familiar with the plan and shall know the location of a copy of the plan that is kept at the station. The implementation of the plan shall be practiced annually to assure that all personnel know their responsibilities in case of an emergency. 16.3 effective January 1, 1999 16.4 The plan shall be reviewed and updated every six months and current copies shall be kept in designated and accessible locations. 17 Personnel (Operators and Runners) 16.4 effective January 1, 1999 17.1 The central-station shall have sufficient personnel (at least two persons), trained as operators, on duty at the station at all times to provide immediate attention to signals requiring action. No other operator activity shall take precedence over receiving and acting on these signals. 17.2 There shall be a sufficient number of runners and servicepersons available to provide required response to alarm signals, trouble signals, service requests, and maintenance requests. 17.3 The runners or servicepersons shall be available at all times at any of the following: a) The central-station; b) A subsidiary, runner or serviceperson station or service center equipped with single party or cellular telephone or radio communication with the central-station; c) In a vehicle or in an area, and equipped with a cellular telephone or with a radio that can contact the central-station; or d) At a location acceptable to the local authority having jurisdiction and which is provided with a single party or cellular telephone, or is in radio contact with the central-station. 17.4 The runner or serviceperson shall be trained and equipped for the performance of their duties and available for prompt dispatch to provide service to the protected property. 17.5 Runners and servicepersons shall provide service as required by this standard. 18 Runner s Equipment 18.1 Runners shall be equipped with a uniform that identifies their company and shall also be provided with a means of identifying the central-station that they are responding for. Runners shall also be equipped with a flashlight, any tools required, and personal identification. 18.1 effective January 1, 1999 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 41 19 Communication and Test 19.1 A single-party telephone line, cellular telephone, or radio link shall be used by the fire-alarm central-station to contact a runner station to dispatch runners. The communication means shall be tested by a central station operator at the beginning of every shift change and a record of the test is to be made. A single-party or cellular telephone shall have call waiting or an equivalent means of interrupting a call in progress. 20 Re-Transmission 20.1 Two independent means, acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction over the property, shall be provided for the retransmission of fire-alarm signals to the appropriate public fire service communication center. 20.2 If telephone equipment is used as both the primary and secondary means of retransmission, the central-station shall be equipped with a minimum of two telephone lines, each having its own telephone device, connected to the public switched telephone network. A minimum of two telephone numbers shall be available for contacting the public fire service communication center to which the central-station operator may retransmit an alarm signal. 21 Records 21.1 Accurate records of the service provided by a central-station shall be kept for at least 1 year. Records shall include date and time entries and the following information (the date shall include the year which may be recorded using the last digit of the year only): a) Fire-alarms: 1) Receipt of signal; 2) Signal retransmission to the appropriate public fire service communication center; 3) Dispatch of runners (if required); 4) Arrival of runners (if dispatched); 5) Nature of the alarm (type and disposition); 6) The name or employee identification of the runner(s) (if dispatched) who are representing the alarm company; 7) System identification by number or subscriber s name and address; 8) Identification of the operator who processed the alarm; 9) Identification of the person designated by the subscriber that was notified of the alarm and the time and date of the notification; and 10) Identity of the fire department responding. b) Supervisory signals: 1) Receipt of signal; 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

42 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 2) Communication of information to person(s) designated by the subscriber; 3) Dispatch of runners (if required); 4) Arrival of runners (if dispatched); 5) Notification of the fire department and/or law enforcement agency, if required; 6) Nature of the signal (type and disposition); 7) The name or employee identification of the runner(s) (if dispatched) representing the alarm company; 8) System identification by number or subscriber s name and address; 9) Identification of the operator who processed the signal; and 10) Identification of the person designated by the subscriber that was notified of the signal. c) Trouble signals: 1) Receipt of signal; 2) Communication of information to person(s) designated by the subscriber; 3) Dispatch of runners (if required) to arrive within 4 hours to begin maintenance; 4) Arrival of maintenance personnel (if dispatched); 5) Nature of the signal (type and disposition); 6) The name or employee identification of the maintenance personnel (if dispatched); 7) System identification by number or subscriber s name and address; 8) Identification of the operator who processed the signal; and 9) Identification of the person designated by the subscriber that was notified of the signal. d) For inspection, testing and maintenance, a record shall be made of each specific device inspected, tested or serviced. 21.2 All such entries shall be made in ink on a physical medium or recorded into the non-volatile memory of an automation system from where they can be displayed and, if needed, printed on command. All times and dates shall be entered by date-time stamp or by an automation system. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 43 22 Maintenance and Service 22.1 Contracts and agreements 22.1.1 All installations shall be maintained by the central-station company under a service contract or agreement and shall be inspected and tested at intervals in accordance with the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72, or the intervals specified by the authority having jurisdiction. 22.1.2 The contract or agreement must provide for all of the service required by the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72, or the authority having jurisdiction. 22.2 Alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals 22.2.1 Service for an alarm system shall be in accordance with the requirements of the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72. The maximum range of travel (driving time) in a land-based service vehicle from a service center to a protected property shall not exceed 1 hour for a fire-alarm system or 1/2 hour for a guard s tour system. Exception: If authorized by the authority having jurisdiction, the range of travel noted above to reach a protected property may be extended to 4 hours. 22.2.2 The alarm service company shall maintain a means of receiving requests for service at all times and shall keep a record of the time and date that: a) A service request is received, b) The service is initiated, and c) The repairs are completed. Requests for service shall be received by alarm service company personnel or a method shall be devised that will result in the initiation of service within the time interval indicated in 22.1.1. 22.2.2 effective January 1, 1999 22.2.3 The alarm service company shall provide the alarm service subscriber with written instructions on how to contact the company for service. The method of communication shall allow the subscriber to promptly report trouble conditions. 22.2.3 effective January 1, 1999 22.3 Signals from systems other than central-station fire-alarm systems 22.3.1 When a signal is received from a system that is not a central-station fire-alarm type as defined by this standard, the operator shall notify the agency(s) or person(s) specified by the subscriber. 22.3.1 effective January 1, 1999 22.3.2 The station shall notify the alarm service company responsible for the alarm system of the alarm signal and the action taken in response to it. If the alarm service company is closed for business at that time, they shall be notified when they are next open for business. 22.3.2 effective January 1, 1999 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

44 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 23 Testing and Inspection 23.1 Central-station fire-alarm systems shall be inspected and tested as required by the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72; the Standard for Installation, Maintenance and Use of Central-Station Signaling Systems, NFPA 71; or as specified by the authority having jurisdiction. 24 Protected Premises Control and Transmitter Units 24.1 A fire-alarm control unit and transmitter shall comply with the requirements in the Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864; and shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72, or the Standard for Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Central-Station Signaling Systems, NFPA 71. 24.2 The central-station fire-alarm system at the protected premises shall be provided with standby power that will operate the system as intended for 24 hours as required by the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72, or the Standard for Signaling Systems for Central-Station Service, NFPA 71. BURGLAR-ALARM SERVICES 25 Central-Station Operation 25.1 A central-station shall be equipped with a cellular telephone or an equivalent means of voice communication that is independent of the telephone cable connected between the station and the serving wire center of the telephone company. 25.1 effective January 1, 1999 25.2 There shall be a written plan of action for the restoration of service by a central-station. The plan shall include the following: a) Foreseeable disasters: Possible natural and man-made disaster threats, national and local, that could effect the station. b) Emergency names list: A notification list that includes the names and the telephone numbers at work, home, vacation home, and the like, and home addresses of management, technical, operators, runners, and other relevant personnel. c) Equipment vender contacts: The 24-hour telephone and fax numbers of the vendors, technical assistance providers, and maintenance contractors of the equipment used in the station. d) Municipal agency contacts: Emergency telephone numbers for local municipal agencies, such as the fire and police departments, to be called for help. e) Utility contacts: Formalized emergency procedures and 24-hour contact names and telephone numbers of the utility and telephone companies serving the station. f) If an engine-driven generator(s) is used that requires on-site fuel storage, there shall be a 24-hours a day contact and telephone number for a source of fuel resupply. g) Relocation site: If a relocation site is provided for, information on the location of the site, how to get there, how to put the site into operation, and 24-hour emergency management contact names and telephone numbers. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM 25.2 effective January 1, 1999

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 45 25.3 Supervisory personnel and designated employees shall be made familiar with the plan and shall know the location of a copy of the plan that is kept at the station. The implementation of the plan shall be practiced annually to assure that all personnel know their responsibilities in case of an emergency. 25.3 effective January 1, 1999 25.4 The plan shall be reviewed and updated every six months and current copies shall be kept in designated and accessible locations. 26 Personnel (Operators and Runners) 25.4 effective January 1, 1999 26.1 The burglar-alarm central-station shall have sufficient personnel (at least two persons), trained as operators, on duty at the station at all times to provide immediate attention to signals requiring action. No other operator activity shall take precedence over receiving and acting on these signals. 26.1 effective January 1, 1999 26.2 There shall be a sufficient number of runners and servicepersons available to provide the required response to alarm signals, trouble signals, repair service requests, and maintenance requests. 26.3 The runners or servicepersons shall be available at all times at any of the following: a) At the central-station, b) At a subsidiary, runner or serviceperson station or service center equipped with single party or cellular telephone or radio communication with the central-station, or c) In a vehicle or in an area, and equipped with a cellular telephone or with a radio that can contact the central-station. 26.4 The runner or serviceperson shall be trained and equipped in the performance of their duties, to provide prompt service to the protected property. 26.5 Runners and servicepersons shall provide service as required by this standard. 27 Runner s Equipment 27.1 Runners shall be equipped with a uniform that identifies their company and shall also be provided with a badge or the like that identifies the central-station that they are responding for. They shall also be equipped with a flashlight, identification, and a firearm or night stick. 28 Communication and Test 27.1 effective January 1, 1999 28.1 A single-party telephone line, cellular telephone, or radio link shall be used by the burglar-alarm central-station to contact a runner station to dispatch runners. The communication means shall be tested by a central station operator at the beginning of every shift change and a record of the test is to be made. A single-party or cellular telephone shall have call waiting or an equivalent means of interrupting a call in progress. 29 Re-Transmission 1/16/2007-3:02 PM 29.1 A means shall be provided for the retransmission of burglar-alarm signals to law enforcement or other agency(s) or individual(s) designated by the subscriber.

46 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 29.2 If telephone equipment is used as the means of retransmission, the central-station shall be equipped with a minimum of two telephone lines, each having its own telephone device, connected to the public switched telephone network. 29.3 If the method of retransmission utilizes the public switched telephone network, the correctness of the telephone number of each law enforcement or other agency, or individual designated by the subscribers to be contacted, shall be verified by calling each number every 12 months. All other methods of retransmission shall be tested every 7 days. A record of all such tests shall be maintained. Exception: The telephone number of an individual designated to be contacted need not be verified if they are a secondary contact. 30 Burglar-Alarm Protected Premises Control Units 30.1 General 30.1.1 A subscriber control unit for a burglar-alarm system shall provide for the connection of protective wiring, conductors, and attachments in accordance with the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681, as well as with the Standards for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610, or Digital Alarm Communicator System Units, UL 1635. 30.1.2 A control unit, line security unit, radio (RF) unit, interface unit, and accessory unit that is located within the protected area, shall have its cover protected by a tamper switch or the equivalent to prevent its being opened so as to defeat the system. 30.1.3 A burglar-alarm control unit, a line security unit, a radio (RF) unit, an interface unit, an accessory, a power supply, and the like, that is intended to be located outside the protected area shall be protected against tampering and unauthorized opening. 30.1.4 With reference to the requirements of 30.1.2, a control unit, line security unit, radio (RF) unit, interface unit, and accessory unit intended to be mounted on the exterior of a complete vault, complete safe, or No. 1 stockroom or premises shall be electrically protected as required by the Standards for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610, or Digital Alarm Communicator System Units, UL 1635, so that no opening can be created of sufficient size, or the cover opened to an extent, that will permit defeat of the system. 30.2 Direct-wire, burglar-alarm subscriber control units 30.2.1 If the subscriber s control unit provides for it, permanent protection shall be supervised when the protection system is disarmed and a signal shall be transmitted to the central-station if it is disrupted. 30.2.2 The act of changing the protection mode at the subscriber unit shall cause a signal at the central-station. 30.3 Code (McCulloh) transmitter burglar-alarm systems subscriber control units 30.3.1 If a subscriber s protective circuit is disturbed by an intrusion or unauthorized opening, the code transmitter shall send a coded signal to the central-station and shall repeat it not less than three times. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 47 30.4 Multiplex burglar-alarm systems subscriber control unit 30.4.1 If the subscriber s control unit provides for it, permanent protective wiring shall be supervised when the protection system is disarmed and a signal shall be transmitted to the central-station if it is disrupted. 30.4.1 effective January 1, 1999 30.5 Digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) subscriber control unit 30.5.1 A burglar alarm DACT shall be supervised in one of the following ways: a) Two telephone lines shall be used and the transmitter shall be able to switch from one to the other. Both telephone lines shall be monitored so that if a fault develops on either one, the transmitter will contact the receiver through the remaining line to report the fault and identify it as a telephone line trouble. The telephone line used for primary reporting shall be connected to not more than one telephone instrument that has bell-ringing capacitors. The secondary telephone line shall be connected to not more than two telephone instruments that have bell-ringing capacitors. The number of telephone instruments without bell-ringing capacitors are not limited. The transmitter shall contact the receiver with an identifiable signal at least once every 24 hours. b) If one telephone line is connected to the transmitter, the transmitter shall contact the receiver with an identifiable signal at least once every 24 hours. If signals are processed by an automation system that will notify operating personnel that a DACT is delinquent with its 24 hour test signal, the normally scheduled opening signal, closing signal, or any other identifiable signal may be used for this purpose. If none of these signals are transmitted during a 24 hour period, a special signal for this purpose shall be transmitted. If an automation system with this feature is not used, or if an automation system is not used, the test signal shall be transmitted at the same time every 24 hours. The telephone line(s) for (a) and (b) shall be over the regular telephone system or a cellular telephone system. The secondary line for (a) may be over a one way digital alarm radio system (DARS). See One Way Radio Alarm System (OWRAS), Section 13.5. 30.5.1 effective January 1, 1999 30.5.2 If the subscriber s control unit provides for it, permanent protective wiring shall be supervised when the protection system is disarmed and a signal shall be transmitted to the central-station if it is disrupted. 30.5.2 effective January 1, 1999 30.6 Radio (RF) systems subscriber s control unit 30.6.1 Refer to the requirements for radio (RF) systems in Sections 13.4 13.6 of this Standard. 31 Burglar-Alarm Protection Service 31.1 Alarm response time 31.1.1 The central-station shall establish the time, in 5-minute increments, that it will take to respond to an alarm from a protection system as follows: a) 5 45 minutes for a system with standard line security or encryption line security and 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

48 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 b) 5 60 minutes for other systems. See the requirements for line security in 31.3. Exception: Response by a runner is optional for a premises or stockroom system designated as having Extent No. 4 protection as defined in the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarms, UL 681. If an Extent No. 4 system does not have runner response, the operator shall notify: a) The law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the protected property or b) The agency(s) or person(s) specified by the subscriber. The system shall have no other extent of protection other than Extent No. 4. 31.1.2 An alarm response time of 5 to 10 minutes shall be allowed only for systems that do not require the use of a motorized vehicle on a public road. 31.1.3 The minimum alarm response time stated shall be calculated by making a minimum of two trial runs during a business day during off-peak traffic conditions (not during rush hour) and noting the time (trial time). For systems assigned response times of 5 or 10 minutes, the trial times shall not exceed 5 or 10 minutes, respectively. For systems assigned response times of 15 45 or 15 60 minutes, the trial time shall not exceed 80 percent of the stated time. See Table 31.1. Table 31.1 Maximum trial time for stated response times Standard and encryption line security systems Other systems Time, minutes Time, minutes Stated Trial Stated Trial 15 12 15 12 20 16 20 16 25 20 25 20 30 24 30 24 35 28 35 28 40 32 40 32 45 36 45 36 50 40 55 44 60 48 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 49 31.2 Signal transmission methods for burglar-alarm systems 31.2.1 Signals shall be transmitted from the protection system by one or more methods. A signal transmission method that does not provide an acknowledgment signal shall not be used alone. If such a method is used, an additional method of signal transmission that will provide an acknowledgment signal shall be provided. See Table 31.2. 31.2.1 effective January 1, 1999 Table 31.2 Signal transmission methods Systems that provide an acknowledgement signal Systems that do not provide acknowledgement signal Direct wire a One way radio (RF) Multiplex a Code transmitter Derived channel a Two way radio (RF) a DACT/DACR a If any equipment used in these types of systems do not provide for an acknowledgement signal, the system that this equipment is a part of shall be used with a method of signal transmission that does provide for an acknowledgement signal. 31.2.2 The following methods of signal transmission may be used alone if they provide for the transmission of an acknowledgement signal to the protected premises. a) Direct wire. b) Multiplex. c) Derived channel. d) Two way radio over: 1) A private radio system or 2) An alarm and signal transport service system, e) Dual line digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with 24 hour check-in signal over both lines. The primary and secondary lines used for transmission may be over: 1) Separate cellular telephones; 2) A cellular telephone for the primary line and a telephone line as the secondary line; 3) A telephone line for the primary line and a cellular telephone as the secondary line; or 4) Separate telephone line. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

50 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 f) Dual line DACT with 24-hour check-in signal over one line only. The primary and secondary lines used for transmission may be over: 1) Separate cellular telephones; 2) A cellular telephone for the primary line and a telephone line as the secondary line; 3) A telephone line for the primary line and a cellular telephone as the secondary line; or 4) Separate telephone lines. g) Dual or single line DACT, with 24 hour check-in signal, as primary signal transmission means over: 1) Cellular telephone or 2) Telephone line. Backed up with digital alarm radio transmitter (DART), with 24 hour check-in signal, transmitting one way signals to a digital alarm radio receiver (DARR), as secondary signal transmission means. h) Single line DACT, with 24 hour check-in signal, over: 1) Cellular telephone or 2) Telephone line. 31.2.3 The following methods of signal transmission do not provide for the transmission of an acknowledgement signal from the central-station to the protected premises. If these methods are used, they shall be used with another method of signal transmission that will provide for the transmission of an acknowledgement signal. If equipment connected to the systems specified in 31.2.2 (a) (d) is used that does not provide for the transmission of an acknowledgement signal, those systems shall be used with another method of signal transmission that will provide for the transmission of an acknowledgement signal. These methods are: a) One way radio over a private radio system or an alarm and signal transport service network and b) Code transmitter. 31.2.4 When more than one means of signal transmission is used, they shall monitor each other s ability to transmit signals. If a fault is detected on any of the signal transmission means, at least one of the other means of signal transmission shall send a signal to the central-station to report the fault. 31.2.5 When a DACT with dual telephone lines (see 31.2.2 (e) and (f)) is used, each line shall monitor the other and transmit a signal to the central-station if a fault is detected on the other line. 31.2.6 When a single line DACT is used with a DART (see 31.2.2(h)), the cellular telephone or telephone line shall be monitored. If a fault is detected, the DART shall send a signal to the DARR to report it. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

APRIL 23, 1999 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 51 31.2.7 When more than one method of signal transmission is used in an alarm system that provides standard line security or encryption line security on one or more of the methods, alarm signals shall be transmitted over each method. Opening signals shall be transmitted immediately by either: a) The method of transmission that provides line security or b) The method that does not provide line security. If the opening signal is not transmitted within five attempts the opening signal or a failure to communicate signal shall be transmitted over the method that provides line security. Revised 31.2.7 effective January 1, 2000 31.2.8 When more than one method of signal transmission is used in an alarm system that does not provide standard line security or encryption line security, alarm signals shall be transmitted over each method. All other signals may be transmitted over only one of the signal transmission methods. Exception: A dual line DACT is not required to transmit an alarm signal over both lines. 31.2.8 effective January 1, 1999 31.2.9 A burglar-alarm system shall have the option of having an alarm sounding device installed in accordance with the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681. Dependent on the mounting location, an alarm sounding device shall comply with the requirements for an outside, inside/visible or inside/concealed alarm sounding device in the Standard for Police Station Connected Burglar Alarm Units and Systems, UL 365. 31.2.9 revised April 23, 1999 31.2.10 Burglar-alarm system equipment used to transmit signals to the central-station shall comply with the requirements of the Standards for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610, or Digital Alarm Communicator System Units, UL 1635. 31.3 Line security 31.3.1 Line security may be provided at the following levels: a) Standard: The signal transmission channel is supervised to detect an attempt to compromise the channel. b) Encryption: The signal transmission channel is supervised to detect a highly sophisticated attempt to compromise the channel. 31.3.2 The equipment used to provide standard, high or encryption line security supervision shall comply with the requirements of the Standard for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610. 32 Openings and Closing 32.1 General 32.1.1 A burglar-alarm system shall be arranged and operated to reduce the risk of the central-station accepting an unauthorized opening (disarming). Systems that are operated without a prearranged schedule shall be operated in accordance with 32.2. Systems that are operated on a prearranged schedule shall be handled in accordance with 32.3. All regular and irregular openings and closing shall be 1/16/2007-3:02 PM recorded at the central-station by an operator or an automation system. The records shall include the information required in 37.1 (b) and (c).

52 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 32.2 Openings and closing without a schedule 32.2.1 A burglar-alarm system without standard line security or encryption line security may be operated at any time when opening (disarming) and closing (arming) of the system is activated by an authorized user entering a personal identification number (PIN) code of 3 or more digits or characters into the control unit through a key pad or equivalent input device that has 10 or more input buttons or equivalent entry devices. 32.2.2 A burglar-alarm system with standard line security or encryption line security (see Line Security, Section 31.3) may be operated at any time: a) When opening (disarming) of the system is activated by an authorized user using the method of 32.2.1 plus a personal identifier using a physical attribute of the person to make the identification and b) When closing (arming) of the system is activated by an authorized user using the method of 32.2.1. 32.2.2 effective January 1, 2000 32.2.3 The acceptance and recording of the event at the central-station shall be by either one of the following methods: a) The code shall be received, automatically recorded and confirmed by an operator or an automation system at the central-station within 1 minute of its receipt or b) The code shall be verified by and stored in the control unit at the protected property. The stored signals shall be transmitted to the central-station, automatically recorded and confirmed by an operator or an automation system at the central-station within 12 hours of the closing (arming) of the system. 32.2.3(b) shall be deleted January 1, 2000 32.2.4 A central-station operator shall contact an authorized user of an alarm system that does not use a specified closing schedule if the system has not been closed by 9:00 PM or 60 minutes after the time that the user of the alarm system has recorded as their expected closing time. An authorized user may reschedule the closing time in accordance with 32.4.2(c). If the authorized user does not reschedule the closing time, an operator shall contact the authorized user every 60 minutes thereafter until the system is closed. 32.2.4 effective January 1, 2000 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 52A 32.3 Openings and closing with a schedule 32.3.1 A system that opens (disarms) and closes (arms) in accordance with a schedule shall follow a schedule submitted in writing by an authorized person representing the subscriber and kept current at the central-station. The schedule shall specify the times at which the burglar-alarm system is expected to be opened (disarmed) and closed (armed), and the days (including holidays) during which the system will remain closed on an annual basis. The schedule shall be verified every 12 consecutive months with an authorized representative of the subscriber. 32.3.2 Every opening that is more than 5 minutes earlier than the scheduled opening time shall be treated as an alarm unless an authorized user of the alarm system has prearranged the opening in accordance with 32.4.1 or it is cleared by alarm verification. See Alarm Verification, Section 34.2. 32.3.3 For systems that use a written schedule, if, in a 3-month interval, 80 percent or more of the openings for a system in a 3-month interval occur more than 30 minutes after the scheduled time, the written schedule shall be amended to reflect the routine opening times. 32.3.3 effective January 1, 1999 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

52B CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 APRIL 23, 1999 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 53 32.3.4 A central-station operator shall contact an authorized user of an alarm system if the system has not been closed 60 minutes after the scheduled closing time. An authorized user may reschedule the closing time in accordance with 32.4.2(c). If the authorized user does not reschedule the closing time, the operator shall contact the authorized user every 60 minutes thereafter until the system is closed. 32.4 Unscheduled 32.3.4 effective January 1, 1999 32.4.1 For the purpose of these requirements, the term unscheduled opening refers to an opening of a burglar-alarm system not made in accordance with an established written schedule. See 32.3.2. 32.4.2 An unscheduled opening may be performed by an authorized user of the system without investigation if it is prearranged in one of the following ways: a) The authorized user may appear at the central-station or at a central-station service center prior to the opening to personally specify the time for the opening. The identification and signature of the authorized user shall be verified during the visit. Any opening that actually takes place at a time differing by more than 5 minutes before or 45 minutes after the prearranged opening time shall be considered to be an alarm (with or without the use of alarm verification, 34.2). b) The authorized user may send a letter by mail or fax or by other written, clearly legible communication that specifies the time for the opening and bears the signature of the authorized user. The communication shall be typed or hand written in ink. It shall be received at the central-station before the time specified for the opening. Any opening that takes place at a time differing by more than 5 minutes before or 45 minutes after the prearranged opening time shall be considered to be an alarm (with or without the use of alarm verification, 34.2). c) The authorized user may telephone, radio, or otherwise use intelligible voice communication with the central-station personnel to notify them of the intended time of the opening and to identify themselves by their identification code and name. The identification code and name shall be checked against the record of authorized users filed by the subscriber. If a copy of this record is provided to the subscriber, it shall not show the identification code. Cards issued to an authorized user showing the identification code shall not identify the protected premises, or d) The authorized user may use a PIN code in accordance with 32.2.1 or 32.2.2. 32.5 Control unit programming 32.5.1 The maximum time that a control unit may be programmed to delay the transmission of a signal to the central-station or the energizing of a local alarm sounding device, in order to permit the alarm system user to either enter and disarm the system, or arm the system and exit, shall not exceed: a) 60 seconds for a system with standard line security or encryption line security and b) 120 seconds for other systems. See Line Security, Section 31.3. 32.5.2 The use of an universal service code or any other code other than that uniquely tied to an authorized user, or a runner or serviceperson responding to a trouble or alarm signal when the system is in the closed (armed) condition, shall result in the immediate transmission of an alarm signal. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM 32.5.2 effective January 1, 1999

54 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 33 Closing and Malfunctions During Closing 33.1 The central-station shall return an acknowledgement signal to the control unit when a proper closing signal is received. See 13.5.4.1 and 31.2.1. Exception: An acknowledgement signal is not required if the control unit is the type that stores the closing signal. See 32.2.2(b). 33.1 effective January 1, 1999; Exception deleted January 1, 2000 33.2 If a malfunction of the burglar-alarm system is: a) Reported by the subscriber at the time of closing, b) Made apparent by the arming of the system, or c) A result of the subscriber s exit, the central-station shall dispatch a serviceperson within 1 hour of receiving the information. See 38.2.3. 33.3 If the burglar-alarm system cannot be returned to operating condition so that the system can be armed, the central-station shall notify the subscriber or an authorized user of the system of this condition by telephone or similar means that will assure receipt of the message. If the subscriber agrees to come to the premises or sends a representative to guard the premises, the central-station shall provide a runner or serviceperson to remain on the premises for up to 60 minutes after the agreement by the subscriber or until the subscriber or representative arrives at the premises. If the runner or serviceperson is still at the premises when the subscriber or representative arrives, the runner or serviceperson shall record the arrival time of the subscriber or representative and obtain their identification and signature. 33.4 If the subscriber declines to come to the premises or to arrange to have it guarded, the runner may leave after determining that the premises is physically secure. The central-station shall make a record of the time and date of the subscriber s instruction that the premises may be left unguarded, identifying the subscriber by name and identification code. 34 Alarms and Unauthorized Openings 34.1 Alarm investigation 34.1.1 A burglar-alarm signal, communication outage, or unauthorized opening of a protected property that has been closed and the protection system armed, shall be investigated as an alarm condition. See 31.2.7. When such a signal is received the central-station operator shall: a) Record the time and date that the signal was received; b) If applicable, initiate the verification procedures in 34.2.1 34.2.7; c) Dispatch runners to investigate if verification procedures do not determine that the alarm signal is acceptable as an opening or if verification procedures do not apply (see 34.1.2); d) Notify the subscriber if keys are not held; and e) Record the date and time of the arrival of the runner(s) representing the central-station when the runner(s) arrive at the entrance to the protected premises. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 55 34.1.2 The investigation shall be conducted by: a) A runner, with or without keys, representing the central-station and a member of the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the property; b) Two runners, with keys, representing the central-station and a member of the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the property; or c) Two runners, with keys, representing the central-station. At least two persons, consisting of either two runners, one runner and the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the property, or one runner and the subscriber, shall enter a protected premises. 34.1.3 An improper opening signal shall be investigated by at least one runner who is a representative of the central-station if the opening occurs within the subscriber s customary opening time period. Investigation is not required if central-station operators identify the person at the premises through the means of Alarm Verification, Section 34.2. 34.1.4 A runner shall carry a card, or shall be given oral instructions, indicating the address of the premises, the floor on which the premises are located, instructions regarding the use of keys, and other information necessary to enable efficient investigation of the alarm. 34.1.5 Alarms from a key installation shall result in a complete search of the premises and accessible adjacent locations. See 34.1.2. A key installation is one for which the central-station holds the keys necessary to permit runners immediate access from the street to the interior of the protected premises or the premises enclosing a protected mercantile vault, safe, stockroom, ATM, or the like. 34.1.6 Alarms from an installation for which runners do not possess keys shall result in a complete search of the outside of the premises and the surrounding area by the runners. A runner representing the central-station shall remain at the premises if the subscriber, upon being notified, advises arrival within 1 hour to allow an interior search. 34.1.7 If the subscriber declines to come to the premises to allow an interior search, the runner may leave if there is no physical evidence of unauthorized entry and the premises is physically secure. The central-station shall make a record of the time and date, identifying the subscriber by name and identification code, indicating that the subscriber has declined to come to the premises. 34.1.7 effective January 1, 1999 34.1.8 For a key or no-key system, if there is evidence of unauthorized entry or the premises is not physically secure, the subscriber shall be notified. The runner shall remain at the premises for up to 1 hour if the subscriber agrees to come to the premises or arrange to have it guarded. 34.1.8 effective January 1, 1999 34.1.9 If, after the investigation of an alarm, the system cannot be rearmed, the operating company shall dispatch a serviceperson within 1 hour should the runner or subscriber not be able to correct it. See Repairs, Section 38.2. 34.1.9 effective January 1, 1999 34.1.10 The runner making the investigation of the alarm and who represents the central-station shall leave a notice at the premises for the subscriber reporting that there has been an alarm investigation. The notice shall record the time and date of the investigation. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM 34.1.10 effective January 1, 1999

56 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 34.1.11 Following a burglary attack, the alarm system shall be inspected and any damages repaired. The system shall be given a complete operational inspection and returned to service. A record of the inspection and service performed shall be kept by the central-station. 34.1.11 effective January 1, 1999 34.2 Alarm verification 34.2.1 The central-station may attempt to verify that the cause of an alarm signal is due to the improper use of the alarm equipment by personnel that have authorized access to the premises. Successful verification in accordance with the steps outlined in 34.2.2 34.2.7, shall eliminate the need for dispatch and investigation by runners representing the central-station and the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the protected property. Exception: Alarm verification does not apply to signals from equipment installed to protect a stockroom, vault, safe, night depository or automated teller machine unless they are within a protected premises system that complies with the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681, and it is known that authorized personnel are present at the time that the alarm is caused. Knowledge of authorized personnel s presence is obtained by receipt of a valid system opening signal or by alarm verification procedures described in this section for the protected premises system surrounding the stockroom, vault, safe, night depository, or automated teller machine. 34.2.1 revised January 12, 2007 34.2.2 Alarm verification for a system without standard line security or encryption line security shall be performed by the operator as follows: a) A telephone call shall be made to the protected premises immediately after receipt of the alarm; b) If telephone contact cannot be made with authorized personnel at the protected premises within 6 rings or 1 minute (whichever comes first) or there is no answer on the first call to the protected premises, a second call or calls shall be made to alternate phone numbers such as a second premises or cellular number; c) If telephone contact cannot be made with authorized personnel on or off the premises within a maximum of 2 minutes from the receipt of the signal at the Central Station, runners and/or law enforcement personnel shall be dispatched to the premises; d) If contact is made within 2 minutes, an authorized subscriber shall be identified by their name and identification code, which may be transmitted orally or electronically; e) If the person(s) contacted cannot be identified by a valid identification code within 2 minutes after the contact, runners and/or law enforcement personnel shall be dispatched to the premises. The telephone contact in (a) may be initiated by an authorized person at the protected premises. 34.2.2 revised January 12, 2007 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 57 34.2.3 Alarm verification for a system with standard line security or encryption line security shall be performed by the operator as follows: a) A telephone call shall be made to the protected premises immediately after receipt of the alarm; b) If telephone contact cannot be made with authorized personnel at the protected premises within 6 rings or 1 minute (whichever comes first) or there is no answer on the first call to the protected premises, a second call or calls shall be made to alternate phone numbers such as second premises or cellular number; c) If telephone contact cannot be made with authorized personnel on or off the premises within a maximum of 2 minutes from the receipt of the signal at the Central Station, runners and/or law enforcement personnel shall be dispatched to the premises; d) If contact is made within 2 minutes, an authorized subscriber shall be identified by their name and identification code, which may be transmitted orally or electronically; e) An authorized subscriber shall then also be identified by a separate electronically transmitted personal identifier; f) The personal identifier of (e) may be a restore signal to the Central Station generated as a result of the entry of a personal numerical identifier code into the subscriber control or the equivalent, or may use a physical attribute of the person to make the identification; g) If the person(s) contacted cannot be identified by a valid identification code and an electronically transmitted personal identifier within 2 minutes after the contact, runners and/or law enforcement personnel shall be dispatched to the premises. The telephone contact in (a) may be initiated by an authorized person at the protected premises. 34.2.3 revised January 12, 2007 34.2.4 If alarm verification is used, the declared alarm response time for the system shall not be extended. 34.2.5 If the runner(s) and the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the protected property have been dispatched and alarm verification is then properly obtained, they may be recalled. This is acceptable if the verification is obtained after the time limits specified in 34.2.2 and 34.2.3. 34.2.6 If a central-station uses alarm verification, the information required in 37.1(a) shall be recorded by an automation system that complies with Automation Systems, Section 14. 34.2.7 The alarm verification record shall be a part of the alarm record. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

58 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 34.3 Investigation of a compromise attempt 34.3.1 A signal that indicates the possibility that an attempt is being made to compromise the protection at an installation having standard line security or encryption line security shall be treated as: a) An alarm condition if the system is closed and the protection is armed and b) A trouble condition if the system is open and the protection is disarmed. Such an indication can be a signal that indicates a compromise attempt, a momentary alarm, or any communication channel outage. 34.3.1 effective January 1, 1999 34.3.2 The source and cause of the compromise attempt shall be determined, if possible, and the protection system restored to normal. The subscriber shall be notified by telephone no later than the next working day and by a written report within two working days of the compromise attempt. 34.3.2 effective January 1, 1999 34.4 Investigation of a missing check-in signal 34.4.1 A missing check-in signal from a digital alarm communicator transmitter, one way radio (RF) transmitter, digital alarm radio transmitter, or any other alarm transmission device that is required to send a check-in signal, shall be investigated. If the system is: a) Open (disarmed), the missing signal shall be treated as a trouble signal and the subscriber shall be contacted by telephone with instructions to cause their transmitter to send a signal to the central-station. b) Closed (armed), the missing signal shall be investigated shall be conducted by a runner or serviceperson. Exception: If the signal is not received, and the equipment provides for it, the central-station may contact the premises control and cause it to send a signal to the central-station whether the system is armed or disarmed. 34.4.1 effective January 1, 1999 34.4.2 The reasons for the missing check-in signal shall be determined and corrected, and a record of the results made. 34.4.2 effective January 1, 1999 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 58A 34.5 Multiplex communication channel disruption 34.5.1 If the central-station receives an indication that there is a disruption of a multiplex communication channel that serves multiple protection systems, the operators shall: a) Immediately contact the telephone company or other provider of the multiplex communication channel to determine the location of the disruption and to begin repairs; b) Determine which protection systems are out of service as a result of the disruption; c) Determine which of those systems do not have another method of signal transmission; and d) Contact those subscribers and advise them of the disruption. 34.5.1 effective January 1, 1999 34.5.2 After the out-of-service subscribers of systems with only the multiplex means of signal transmission have been contacted, the subscribers of systems that have another method of signal transmission shall be contacted and advised of the disruption. 34.5.2 effective January 1, 1999 34.6 Alarm response overruns 34.6.1 Not more than 20 out of every 100 alarm investigations shall exceed the maximum elapsed time specified in 31.1.1. This includes alarms for which a runner was not dispatched or did not arrive. 34.6.2 Elapsed time shall be determined by using the difference between the time recorded for the receipt of the alarm signal at the central-station, and the time recorded at the central-station as a result of a signal given by the runner representing the operating company upon arrival at the entrance of the subscriber s premises. See 34.1.1. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

58B CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 59 34.7 Unwanted alarms 34.7.1 An alarm is a signal received at the central-station that requires immediate dispatch of either company runners, or a company runner and the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the property, and was caused by: a) Attempted burglary, b) Actual burglary, or c) Vandalism. Other apparent alarm signals are unwanted alarms. 34.7.2 The central-station shall provide instructions to each authorized user of the alarm system on the proper operation of the system. 34.7.2 effective January 1, 1999 34.7.3 If an alarm system has more than four unwanted alarms caused by subscriber error in a 12-month period, the users of the alarm system responsible for the unwanted alarms shall be reinstructed on the proper operation of the alarm system. A record of the retraining shall be kept by the central-station. 34.7.3 effective January 1, 1999 34.7.4 If the cause for the unwanted alarm cannot be determined, a complete operational inspection shall be conducted to determine if any mechanical or electrical problems exist. A record of the inspection shall be kept by the central-station. 34.7.4 effective January 1, 1999 34.8 Signals from systems other than central-station burglar-alarm systems 34.8.1 When a signal is received from a system that is not a central-station burglar-alarm-type as defined by this standard, the operator shall notify the agency(s) or person(s) specified by the subscriber. 34.8.1 effective January 1, 1999 34.8.2 The station shall notify the alarm service company responsible for the alarm system of the alarm signal and the action taken in response to it. If the alarm service company is closed for business at that time, they shall be notified when they are next open for business. 35 Identification of Subscribers 34.8.2 effective January 1, 1999 35.1 During an investigation of an alarm or in response to a pre-arranged unscheduled opening (see Unscheduled, Section 32.4) runners shall obtain satisfactory evidence of the identity and authority of the subscriber, their employees, or others found on the premises, and shall obtain the signatures of such persons. 35.2 If a law enforcement agency is involved with the investigation, the runner or the central-station operator shall obtain and record the identity of law enforcement personnel by: a) Name and badge (or other) number, b) Squad number, or 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

60 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 c) Car number. 35.2 effective January 1, 1999 36 Handling of Subscriber s Keys 36.1 General 36.1.1 Each key or set of keys that will provide access to a subscriber s premises shall be maintained in a locked container. The locked container shall be located in an operating room, subsidiary station, runner station, runner s vehicle, in a key vault that is attached to the protected premises, or in a service center independent of a central-station or subsidiary station. Only authorized personnel shall have access to the keys for the container or key vault. 36.1.2 The name and address of the premises for which the keys provide access shall not appear on anything that is attached to or contains the keys. 36.1.3 Each key shall be maintained under a key management system that will provide an accurate record of when the keys were last used. Keys that have not been used for 12 consecutive months shall be functionally tested in the locks that they are intended to operate at the premises. Any key that does not function shall be returned to the subscriber the next day that they are open for business and a correct key requested. If a correct key is not obtained within 10 business days, the system shall be classified as a no-key system. Written notification of such reclassification shall be sent to the subscriber by mail, messenger or similar means. 36.1.4 When a key is used, the runner or other central-station representative that used the key shall leave a notice at the premises for the subscriber reporting that the key was used. The notice shall record the time and date that the key was used. 36.2 Key vaults 36.2.1 A key vault complying with the Standard for Antitheft Alarms and Devices, UL 1037, used to house keys to a subscriber s premises shall be securely attached to the building in which the protected premises is located. The opening of the key vault with or without the key, or its removal from its mounting, shall result in the transmission of an alarm signal to the central-station when the system is armed. When the system is disarmed, either a trouble or alarm signal shall be transmitted. 37 Records 37.1 Accurate records of the service provided by a central-station shall be kept for at least one year. Records shall include date and time entries and the following information (the date shall include the year which may be recorded using the last digit of the year only): a) Burglar-alarms signals: 1) Receipt of alarm; 2) Alarm verification (if used); 3) Dispatch of runners (including notification of the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the property); 4) Arrival of runner; 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 61 5) Nature of the alarm; 6) The name or employee identification of the runner(s) who are representatives of the alarm company; 7) Identification of the law enforcement personnel involved (see 35.2); 8) The designated response time; 9) System identification by number or subscriber s name and address; 10) Identification of the operator who processed the alarm; 11) Identification of the subscriber notified of the alarm; 12) Whether or not keys were used; and 13) Identification of the subscriber or their employee(s) as specified in 35.1. b) Openings and Closing: 1) Scheduled opening and closing time and 2) The actual opening and closing time. c) Irregular openings and closing: 1) The arranged irregular opening and closing time; 2) The actual irregular opening and closing time; and 3) The name of the subscriber or subscriber s representative making an irregular opening and closing. d) The use of the keys held or controlled by the central-station. e) Inspection, testing and maintenance: 1) Nature of service, 2) Specific equipment inspected, tested, or serviced, and 3) Name of central-station representative performing service. f) Any follow-up or additional action taken on unwanted alarms. 37.2 All such entries shall be made in ink on a physical medium or recorded into the non-volatile memory of an automation system from where they can be displayed and, if needed, printed on command. All times and dates shall be entered by time stamp or by an automation system. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

62 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 38 Maintenance and Service 38.1 Contracts and agreements 38.1.1 All installations shall be maintained under a service contract or agreement with the alarm service company. They shall be inspected at intervals that will maintain the system in its intended operating condition. The interval between regular maintenance inspections shall not exceed 1 year. The regular maintenance inspection may be done in parts throughout the year. 38.2 Repairs 38.2.1 The alarm service company shall maintain a means of receiving requests for service at all times and shall keep a record of the time and date that: a) A service request is received, b) The service is initiated, and c) The repairs are completed. Requests for service shall be received by alarm service company personnel, or a method shall be devised that will result in the initiation of service within the time interval indicated in 38.2.3. 38.2.1 effective January 1, 1998 38.2.2 The alarm service company shall provide the alarm service subscriber with written instructions on how to contact the company for service. The method of communication shall allow the subscriber to promptly report trouble conditions. 38.2.2 effective January 1, 1998 38.2.3 Repair services for a central-station burglar-alarm system shall begin not later than: a) One hour plus the designated response time for the system after the scheduled closing time for the system if the request for service is received while the protected property is open for business. b) One hour plus the designated response time after the request for service is received if the request for service is made as a result of trouble that has developed: 1) At closing time, 2) After the property has been closed and armed, or 3) After an alarm investigation. Exception No. 1: The beginning of repair service may be extended to the time that the protected property is next open for business if the subscriber to the alarm service provides written or oral authorization. Authorization shall be given to alarm service company personnel when the subscriber makes the decision to delay service. If authorization is given, the alarm service company shall make a record of: a) The time and date of the authorization, 1/16/2007-3:02 PM b) The name and identification code of the person giving the authorization, and c) The name and address of the company receiving alarm service.

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 63 Exception No. 2: The beginning of repair service may be extended beyond the specified time if an authorized representative of the subscriber or the alarm service company remain at the premises until the arrival of the serviceperson. 39 Power Failure 38.2.3 effective January 1, 1998 39.1 If a central-station burglar-alarm unit at the protected premises receives primary power from a commercial source, standby power shall automatically maintain the unit in its intended operating condition when primary power is interrupted for: a) 4 hours, if a mercantile alarm is involved and b) 72 hours, if a bank-vault alarm is involved. Exception: The standby power may maintain the unit for 24-hours, if the standby power source can be accessed while the bank vault is under timelock, and the standby power renewed. 39.2 If standby power is not provided as a part of the unit at the protected premises, a separate source of standby power shall be provided and connected to the terminals intended to be used for connection of standby power. RESIDENTIAL MONITORING STATION 40 Residential Monitoring Station Operation 40.1 A residential monitoring station, shall be equipped with a cellular telephone or an equivalent means of voice communication that is independent of the telephone cable connected between the station and the serving wire center of the telephone company. 40.1 effective January 1, 1999 40.2 There shall be a written plan of action for the restoration of service by a station. The plan shall include the following: a) Foreseeable disasters: Possible natural and man-made disaster threats, national and local, that could effect the station. b) Emergency names list: A notification list that includes the names and the telephone numbers at work, home, vacation home, and the like, and home addresses of management, technical, operators, runners, and other relevant personnel. c) Equipment vender contacts: The 24-hour telephone and fax numbers of the vendors, technical assistance providers, and maintenance contractors of the equipment used in the station. d) Municipal agency contacts: Emergency telephone numbers for local municipal agencies, such as the fire and police departments, to be called for help. e) Utility contacts: Formalized emergency procedures and 24-hour contact names and telephone numbers of the utility and telephone companies serving the station. f) If an engine-driven generator(s) is used that requires on-site fuel storage, there shall be a 24-hours a day contact and telephone number for a source of fuel resupply. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

64 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 g) Relocation site: If a relocation site is provided for, information on the location of the site, how to get there, how to put the site into operation, and 24-hour emergency management contact names and telephone numbers. 40.2 effective January 1, 1999 40.3 Supervisory personnel and designated employees shall be made familiar with the plan and shall know the location of a copy of the plan that is kept at the station. The implementation of the plan shall be practiced annually to assure that all personnel know their responsibilities in case of an emergency. 40.3 effective January 1, 1999 40.4 The plan shall be reviewed and updated every six months and current copies shall be kept in designated and accessible locations. 41 Personnel (Operators) 40.4 effective January 1, 1999 41.1 The residential monitoring station shall have sufficient personnel (at least two persons), trained as operators, on duty at the station at all times to provide immediate attention to signals requiring action. No other operator activity shall take precedence over receiving and acting on these signals. 42 Signal Processing 42.1 When an alarm signal is received at a residential monitoring station from a residential burglar alarm system or other burglar alarm system, the operator shall notify: a) The law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the protected property or b) The agency(s) or person(s) specified by the subscriber. 42.1 effective January 1, 1999 42.2 The station shall notify the alarm service company responsible for the alarm system of the alarm signal and the action taken in response to it. If the alarm service company is closed for business at that time, it shall be notified when it is next open for business. 43 Re-Transmission 42.2 effective January 1, 1999 43.1 A means shall be provided for the retransmission of burglar-alarm signals to law enforcement or other agency or individuals designated by the subscriber. 43.1 effective January 1, 1999 43.2 If telephone equipment is used as the means of retransmission, the residential monitoring station shall be equipped with a minimum of two telephone lines, each having its own telephone device, connected to the public switched telephone network. 43.2 effective January 1, 1999 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1996 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 65 43.3 If the method of retransmission utilizes the public switched telephone network, the correctness of the telephone number of each law enforcement or other agency, or individual designated by the subscribers to be contacted, shall be verified by calling each number every 12 months. All other methods of retransmission shall be tested every 7 days. A record of all such tests shall be maintained. Exception: The telephone number of an individual designated to be contacted need not be verified if they are a secondary contact. 44 Records 43.3 effective January 1, 1999 44.1 All records shall be clearly legible. Each hand-written entry shall be made in ink. 44.1 effective January 1, 1999 44.2 Records of all alarms, troubles, and service calls shall be kept for 12 months at the residential monitoring station. Records of alarm and trouble signals shall be time and date stamped if recorded on a physical medium, or the information may be recorded into the non-volatile memory of an automation system with the date and time, from where it can be displayed and, if needed, printed on command. 44.2 effective January 1, 1999 44.3 The alarm record shall include the time and date of: a) The receipt of the alarm signal; b) Notification of the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction or other agency(s) or person(s) specified by the subscriber; c) Identification of law enforcement agency having jurisdiction or other agency(s) or person(s) specified by the subscriber; and d) Notification of the alarm service company responsible for the alarm system. 44.3 effective January 1, 1999 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

66 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1996 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

APRIL 23, 1999 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 A1 APPENDIX A Standards for Components Standards under which components of the products covered by this standard are evaluated include the following: Title of Standard UL Standard Designation Attachment Plugs and Receptacles UL 498 Battery Chargers for Charging Engine-Starter Batteries UL 1236 Building Construction and Materials, Fire Test of UL 263 Building Materials, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of UL 723 Bullet-Resisting Equipment UL 752 Burglary-Resistant Electric Locking Mechanisms UL 1034 Busways and Associated Fittings UL 857 Cables, Service-Entrance UL 854 Cables, Thermoplastic-Insulated Underground Feeder and Branch-Circuit UL 493 Central-Station Automation Systems UL 1981 Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units UL 1610 Concrete Masonry Units UL 618 Conduit, Flexible Metal UL 1 Conduit, Intermediate Metal UL 1242 Conduit, Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel UL 360 Conduit, Rigid Metal UL 6 Conduit, Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC UL 651 Conduit, Type EB and A Rigid PVC and HDPE UL 651A Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems UL 864 Detectors, Single and Multiple Station Heat UL 539 Detectors for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, Heat UL 521 Detectors for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, Smoke UL 268 Digital Alarm Communicator System Units UL 1635 Door Assemblies, Fire Tests of UL 10B Door Frames, Fire UL 63 Doors, Tin-Clad Fire UL 10A Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment UL 924 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment UL 50 Fire Extinguishers, 2-1/2-Gallon Stored-Pressure, Water-Type UL 626 Fire Extinguishers, Carbon-Dioxide UL 154 Fire Extinguishers, Dry Chemical UL 299 Fire Extinguishers, Rating and Fire Testing of UL 711 Fittings for Cable and Conduit UL 514B Glazing Material, Burglary Resisting UL 972 Outlet Boxes, Flush-Device Boxes, and Covers, Nonmetallic UL 514C Outlet Boxes, Metallic UL 514A Power Outlets UL 231 Power Supplies for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems UL 1481 Power Units Other Than Class 2 UL 1012 Protectors for Communications Circuits, Secondary UL 497A Protectors for Data Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits UL 497B Protectors for Paired Conductor Communications Circuits UL 497 Raceways and Fittings, Cellular Metal Floor UL 209 1/16/2007-3:02 PM Raceways and Fittings, Surface Metal UL 5

A2 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 APRIL 23, 1999 Raceways and Fittings, Underfloor UL 884 Roof Covering Materials, Tests for Fire Resistance of UL 790 Roof Coverings, Materials for Built-Up UL 55A Sprinklers for Fire-Protection Service, Automatic UL 199 Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, Steel Aboveground UL 142 Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, Steel Underground UL 58 Time-Indicating and -Recording Appliances UL 863 Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors UL 1449 Tubing, Electrical Metallic UL 797 Underground Feeder and Branch-Circuit Cables, Thermoplastic-Insulated UL 493 Uninterruptible Power Supply Equipment UL 1778 Window Assemblies, Fire Tests of UL 9 Wired Cabinets UL 65 Wires and Cables, Thermoplastic-Insulated UL 83 Wires and Cables, Thermoset-Insulated UL 44 Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings UL 870 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

OCTOBER 1, 1997 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 B1 APPENDIX B PROCEDURES FOR ISSUING AND CANCELING CENTRAL-STATION ALARM CERTIFICATES B1 Certificates B1.1 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) under its Certificate Service program authorizes the issuance of certificates for central station fire alarm system installations which a Listed Alarm Service Company (ASC) represents to be in compliance with requirements established for the Category of service. An issued certificate indicates the type of service, extent of protection, name and location of protected property, period of issuance, and name and address of the ASC Service Center. B1.1 added October 1, 1997 B1.2 An alarm system is considered to be Listed only if it is covered by a current certificate. Only those alarm system installations for which a certificate has been properly issued are covered under UL s Certificate Service. The verification of a certificate on Underwriters Laboratories Certificate Verification Service (ULCVS) is a method UL provides to identify certificated alarm systems actively covered under its Listing and Follow-Up Service. B1.2 added October 1, 1997 B1.3 A certificate may also be verified by telephone if its serial number is known or the correct name, address, and zip code are known. Telephone UL s Northbrook, Illinois office and ask to be connected to the burglar and fire alarm certificate service. B1.3 added October 1, 1997 B1.4 UL regularly counterchecks representative certificated alarm system installations of each ASC. Under the Follow-Up Service program UL Field Representatives conduct regular inspections and tests of representative alarm system installations to determine the correctness of installation of protective devices and wiring, quality of workmanship, operability of circuits, the maintenance procedures, and levels of protection. If an alarm system does not comply with UL s requirements it is subject to correction by the ASC or cancellation of the certificate. B1.4 added October 1, 1997 B1.5 UL makes no representations or warranties, expressed or implied, that the alarm system will prevent any loss by fire, smoke, water or otherwise, or that the alarm system will in all cases provide the protection for which it is installed or intended. UL may at times conduct inspections of the ASC, including inspections of representative installations made by it. UL does not assume or undertake to discharge any liability of the ASC or any other party. UL is not an insurer and assumes no liability which may result directly or indirectly from inspection of the equipment, failure of the equipment, failure to conduct inspections, incorrect certification, nonconformity with the requirements, failure to discover nonconformity with the requirements, cancellation of the certificate or withdrawal of the ASC from inclusion in UL s Directory prior to the expiration date on the certificate. B2 Forms and Instructions B1.5 added October 1, 1997 B2.1 The following forms and instructions shall be used as required: a) Alarm System Certificate Request; b) Alarm System Description; 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

B2 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 OCTOBER 1, 1997 c) Certificate Cancellation Request. Copies of these forms and instructions may be ordered by using the Certificate Service Forms Order Form or by writing, faxing, or telephoning the certificate service at UL s Northbrook, Illinois office. B2.1 added October 1, 1997 B3 Procedure For Issuing A Central-Station Alarm-System Certificate B3.1 There are four steps to issuing a Central-Station Alarm-System Certificate as follows: a) The ASC initiates the certificate-issuing process by executing the Request for Certificate form, and an Alarm System Description form. The original of the Request for Certificate shall be attached to the Alarm System Description and sent to the UL Northbrook Office for processing. For faster service, the ASC may fax a copy of the Request for Certificate and Alarm System Description forms. UL will then communicate a serial number to them. See Faster Service by Fax, Section B4. b) When UL receives the original of both forms ( Request for Certificate and Alarm System Description ), a certificate will be printed after verifying that the information on the Request for Certificate form and Alarm System Description form, is correct. Thirty days before the issue date, UL sends the Central Station Fire Alarm System Certificate to the ASC. The certificate is then added to the Master Certificate File in a pending status. c) The ASC signs the certificate and distributes it to the representative of the protected property. d) On the issue date indicated on the request, UL will activate the Central-Station Fire-Alarm System Certificate, and the installation now becomes eligible for periodic review. B4 Faster Service By Fax B3.1 added October 1, 1997 B4.1 If the serial number of the certificate is needed sooner than would be possible by UL sending the Certificate through normal US mail service, UL provides for faster service through Speed Service. It can be used as follows: a) After completing the Request for Certificate and Alarm System Description forms, FAX a copy of the forms to the Certificate Service Data Desk at Northbrook, Illinois. Phone the Northbrook office for the current fax number of the Burglar and Fire Alarm Certificate Service. b) When the FAXed request is received, UL will then contact the Service Center by phone or FAX and provide the serial number of the certificate. UL will add this number to the Master Certificate File in a Pending status. c) The ASC shall then add to the Request for Certificate and Alarm System Description forms, the serial number given to them by the data desk. The number is to be entered in the lower portion of the box in the upper right hand corner of each form. d) The steps then proceed the same as described in the procedures for issuing a certificate in Section B3. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 B3 e) This service will normally be available during UL s business hours. Requests and descriptions received by 2:30 p.m. Central Time will be responded to that day. If received after 2:30 p.m., they will be responded to the next business day. The fax machines will receive transmissions at any time. B4.1 added October 1, 1997 B5 Correction of Defects B5.1 Should an inspection disclose that an alarm system does not comply with the NFPA 71 or NFPA 72 requirements in effect at the time of issuance of the certificate, the ASC shall correct the alarm system within 30 days of being notified of the defect. A serious defect shall be corrected immediately (within the service period indicated in 19.2.1). A written report on the actions taken to correct the defect shall be sent to UL. If the ASC fails to correct the defect, UL will cancel the certificate and notify the protected property of the action. B5.1 added October 1, 1997 B5.2 Failure of the ASC to maintain an acceptable record of compliance with UL s requirements, shall warrant a special investigation of installation procedures and service. If improvement is not shown during the special investigation period, the ability to issue certificates will be suspended, or Listing for the service may be withdrawn. B5.2 added October 1, 1997 B6 Master Certificate File B6.1 A master file of all active certificates (AKA Certificate Service Database) is maintained by UL and is accessible by Insurance Companies and Authorities Having Jurisdiction through ULCVS, see B1.2. B6.1 added October 1, 1997 B6.2 ASCs may also have access to computer generated lists of their active certificates. To obtain a list of certificates, an ASC must make this request in writing, and also indicate who is to receive the list. The ASC is limited to two requests per year as part of the normal certificate service. Additional copies will be provided for a nominal fee. Electronic-media copies are also available for a fee. B6.2 added October 1, 1997 B7 Maintenance and Service B7.1 An alarm system on which a Central Station Fire Alarm System Certificate is in effect, shall be under a maintenance and service contact or agreement with the ASC. A service contract or agreement shall be in effect as long as the certificate is in effect. B7.1 added October 1, 1997 B7.2 An alarm system on which a Certificate is in effect, shall be inspected at intervals that are determined to be sufficient to provide continuous service. The interval between regular maintenance inspections shall not exceed 1 year. The inspection may be done in parts throughout the year. B7.2 added October 1, 1997 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

B4 CENTRAL-STATION ALARM SERVICES - UL 827 JANUARY 12, 2007 B7.3 For other maintenance requirements, refer to the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72 or the applicable edition of Signaling Systems for Central Station Service, NFPA 71. B7.3 added October 1, 1997 B8 Service Area B8.1 The limits of coverage, as determined by time for runner response, and for response time for service and maintenance, are based on identification of a service territory through the use of United States Post Office zip codes. An alarm service company selects those zip codes (areas) it will service, as verified through periodic audits of its response capability by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. The area coverage is defined by five digit or nine digit zip codes, or some of each. A response area need not include all zip codes within the general area. The zip code shall be for the physical address of a certificated installation. B8.1 added October 1, 1997 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

JANUARY 12, 2007 UL 827 sr1 Superseded requirements for the Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services UL 827, Sixth Edition The requirements shown are the current requirements that have been superseded by requirements in revisions issued for this Standard. To retain the current requirements, do not discard the following requirements until the future effective dates are reached. 11.6 A subsidiary station shall be manned by qualified operating personnel within one hour after the central-station or residential monitoring station has determined that all contact has been lost and signals cannot be received from the subsidiary station. 11.9 The power and environmental control systems of a subsidiary station shall be monitored by the station that it is connected to. 11.10 A subsidiary station shall be inspected once a month by central-station or residential monitoring station personnel or their authorized agents to verify the operation of all equipment, telephones, battery conditions, fluid levels of the batteries and, if used, engine-driven generators. 11.12 There shall be a written plan of action for the restoration of service by a subsidiary station. The plan shall include the following. a) Foreseeable disasters: Possible natural and man-made disaster threats, national and local, that could effect the station. b) Emergency names list: A notification list that includes the names and the telephone numbers at work, home, vacation home, and the like, and home addresses of management, technical, operators, runners, and other relevant personnel. c) Equipment vender contacts: The 24-hour telephone and fax numbers of the vendors, technical assistance providers, and maintenance contractors of the equipment used in the station. d) Municipal agency contacts: Emergency telephone numbers for local municipal agencies, such as the fire and police departments, to be called for help. e) Utility contacts: Formalized emergency procedures and 24-hour contact names and telephone numbers of the utility and telephone companies serving the station. f) If an engine-driven generator(s) is used that requires on-site fuel storage, there shall be a 24-hours a day contact and telephone number for a source of fuel resupply. g) Relocation site: If a relocation site is provided for, information on the location of the site, how to get there, how to put the site into operation, and 24-hour emergency management contact names and telephone numbers. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

sr2 JANUARY 12, 2007 UL 827 11.13 Supervisory personnel and designated employees shall be made familiar with the plan and shall know the location of a copy of the plan that is kept at the station. The implementation of the plan shall be practiced annually to assure that all personnel know their responsibilities in case of an emergency. 1/16/2007-3:02 PM

UL 1981 ISBN 0-7629-0857-2 Central-Station Automation Systems 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 tr1 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 UL Standard for Safety for Central-Station Automation Systems, UL 1981 Second Edition, Dated June 30, 2003 SUMMARY OF TOPICS This Second Edition is being published to adopt the revisions as proposed in UL s August 30, 2000 and October 30, 2002 bulletins. UL Standards for Safety are developed and maintained in the Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML). SGML -- an international standard (ISO 8879-1986) -- is a descriptive markup language that describes a document s structure and purpose, rather than its physical appearance on a page. Due to formatting differences resulting from the use of UL s new electronic publishing system, please note that additional pages (on which no requirements have been changed) may be included in revision pages due to relocation of existing text and reformatting of the Standard. The following table lists future effective dates with the corresponding item. Future Effective Date References June 30, 2005 Paragraphs 3.2, 4.3, 7.2.1, 7.2.2, 8.2, 12.1, 13.1, 13.2, 13.5, 13.6, 16.3, 16.4, 17.3, 17.6 17.8, 20.8, 20.12, 20.16, 21.2, 22.1 and 24.3 The new and revised requirements are substantially in accordance with UL s Bulletin(s) on this subject dated August 30, 2000 and October 30, 2002. The bulletin(s) is now obsolete and may be discarded. The master for this Standard at UL s Northbrook Office is the official document insofar as it relates to a UL service and the compliance of a product with respect to the requirements for that product and service, or if there are questions regarding the accuracy of this Standard. UL s Standards for Safety are copyrighted by UL. Neither a printed copy of a Standard, nor the distribution diskette for a Standard-on-Diskette and the file for the Standard on the distribution diskette should be altered in any way. All of UL s Standards and all copyrights, ownerships, and rights regarding those Standards shall remain the sole and exclusive property of UL. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form by any means, electronic, mechanical photocopying, recording, or otherwise without prior permission of UL. Revisions of UL Standards for Safety are issued from time to time. A UL Standard for Safety is current only if it incorporates the most recently adopted revisions. UL provides this Standard as is without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any purpose. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

tr2 JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 In no event will UL be liable for any special, incidental, consequential, indirect or similar damages, including loss of profits, lost savings, loss of data, or any other damages arising out of the use of or the inability to use this Standard, even if UL or an authorized UL representative has been advised of the possibility of such damage. In no event shall UL s liability for any damage ever exceed the price paid for this Standard, regardless of the form of the claim. UL will attempt to answer support requests concerning electronic versions of its Standards. However, this support service is offered on a reasonable efforts basis only, and UL may not be able to resolve every support request. UL supports the electronic versions of its Standards only if they are used under the conditions and operating systems for which it is intended. UL s support policies may change from time-to-time without notification. UL reserves the right to change the format, presentation, file types and formats, delivery methods and formats, and the like of both its printed and electronic Standards without prior notice. Purchasers of the electronic versions of UL s Standards for Safety agree to defend, indemnify, and hold UL harmless from and against any loss, expense, liability, damage, claim, or judgement (including reasonable attorney s fees) resulting from any error or deviation introduced while purchaser is storing an electronic Standard on the purchaser s computer system. If a single-user version electronic Standard was purchased, one copy of this Standard may be stored on the hard disk of a single personal computer, or on a single LAN file-server or the permanent storage device of a multiple-user computer in such a manner that this Standard may only be accessed by one user at a time and for which there is no possibility of multiple concurrent access. If a multiple-user version electronic Standard was purchased, one copy of the Standard may be stored on a single LAN file-server, or on the permanent storage device of a multiple-user computer, or on an Intranet server. The number of concurrent users shall not exceed the number of users authorized. Electronic Standards are intended for on-line use, such as for viewing the requirements of a Standard, conducting a word search, and the like. Only one copy of the Standard may be printed from each single-user version of an electronic Standard. Only one copy of the Standard may be printed for each authorized user of a multiple-user version of an electronic Standard. Because of differences in the computer/software/printer setup used by UL and those of electronic Standards purchasers, the printed copy obtained by a purchaser may not look exactly like the on-line screen view or the printed Standard. An employee of an organization purchasing a UL Standard can make a copy of the page or pages being viewed for their own fair and/or practical internal use. The requirements in this Standard are now in effect, except for those paragraphs, sections, tables, figures, and/or other elements of the Standard having future effective dates as indicated in the note following the affected item. The prior text for requirements that have been revised and that have a future effective date are located after the Standard, and are preceded by a SUPERSEDED REQUIREMENTS notice. New product submittals made prior to a specified future effective date will be judged under all of the requirements in this Standard including those requirements with a specified future effective date, unless the applicant specifically requests that the product be judged under the current requirements. However, if the applicant elects this option, it should be noted that compliance with all the requirements in this Standard will be required as a condition of continued Listing, Recognition, and Follow-Up Services after the effective date, and understanding of this should be signified in writing. Copyright 2003 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 tr3 This Standard consists of pages dated as shown in the following checklist: Page Date 1-32...June 30, 2003 A1-A2... June 30, 2003 SR1-SR8... June 30, 2003 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

tr4 JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 1 UL 1981 Standard for Central-Station Automation Systems Prior to the first edition, the requirements for the products covered by this standard were included in the Standard for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610. First Edition October, 1994 Second Edition June 30, 2003 Revisions of this standard will be made by issuing revised or additional pages bearing their date of issue. A UL Standard is current only if it incorporates the most recently adopted revisions, all of which are itemized on the transmittal notice that accompanies the latest published set of revision pages. ISBN 0-7629-0857-2 COPYRIGHT 1994, 2003 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

2 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 3 CONTENTS FOREWORD...4 INTRODUCTION 1 Scope...5 2 General...5 2.1 Components...5 2.2 Units of measurement...6 2.3 Undated references...6 3 Glossary...6 4 Installation Instructions...10 CONSTRUCTION 5 General...12 6 Power Supply Sources...12 7 Electrical Transient Protection...12 7.1 Supply-line transient protection...12 7.2 Signaling-line transient protection...12 8 Environmental Controls...13 9 Central-Station Staffing...13 10 Power Conditioners...13 11 Uninterruptible Power Supplies...13 12 Printerless Environment...14 13 Back-up Components...14 14 Spare Parts Maintenance and Service...17 15 Alarm Receiving Equipment...17 16 Back-up Media...18 17 Remote Connections...18 18 Compliance Verification Chart...23 PERFORMANCE 19 General...24 20 Normal Operation Test...24 21 Operation Test Degraded Mode...28 22 Operation Test Degraded Mode, Alternate Path...28 23 System Response Time...29 24 Program Access and Control...29 25 Electrical Supervision Test...31 26 Receiver Compatibility Test...31 APPENDIX A Standards for Components...A1 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

4 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 FOREWORD A. This Standard contains basic requirements for products covered by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) under its Follow-Up Service for this category within the limitations given below and in the Scope section of this Standard. These requirements are based upon sound engineering principles, research, records of tests and field experience, and an appreciation of the problems of manufacture, installation, and use derived from consultation with and information obtained from manufacturers, users, inspection authorities, and others having specialized experience. They are subject to revision as further experience and investigation may show is necessary or desirable. B. The observance of the requirements of this Standard by a manufacturer is one of the conditions of the continued coverage of the manufacturer s product. C. A product which complies with the text of this Standard will not necessarily be judged to comply with the Standard if, when examined and tested, it is found to have other features which impair the level of safety contemplated by these requirements. D. A product employing materials or having forms of construction which conflict with specific requirements of the Standard cannot be judged to comply with the Standard. A product employing materials or having forms of construction not addressed by this Standard may be examined and tested according to the intent of the requirements and, if found to meet the intent of this Standard, may be judged to comply with the Standard. E. UL, in performing its functions in accordance with its objectives, does not assume or undertake to discharge any responsibility of the manufacturer or any other party. The opinions and findings of UL represent its professional judgment given with due consideration to the necessary limitations of practical operation and state of the art at the time the Standard is processed. UL shall not be responsible to anyone for the use of or reliance upon this Standard by anyone. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability for damages, including consequential damages, arising out of or in connection with the use, interpretation of, or reliance upon this Standard. F. Many tests required by the Standards of UL are inherently hazardous and adequate safeguards for personnel and property shall be employed in conducting such tests. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 5 INTRODUCTION 1 Scope 1.1 These requirements cover computerized central-station automation systems intended for use in central-station, proprietary, remote and subsidiary burglar-, and fire-alarm applications for the purpose of automating the signal handling and processing of change-of-status signals generated by receivers. In case of failure of an automation system, the receiving equipment is relied on for receiving and recording change-of-status signals and the provision of an audible and visual signal that identifies the source and type of signal that requires operator attention. These systems are intended to be installed in accordance with the following: a) The National Electrical Code, NFPA 70; b) The National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72; and c) The Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services, UL 827. 1.2 A product that contains features, characteristics, components, materials, or systems new or different from those covered by the requirements in this standard, and that involves a risk of fire or of electric shock or injury to persons shall be evaluated using appropriate additional component and end-product requirements to maintain the level of safety as originally anticipated by the intent of this standard. A product whose features, characteristics, components, materials, or systems conflict with specific requirements or provisions of this standard does not comply with this standard. Revision of requirements shall be proposed and adopted in conformance with the methods employed for development, revision, and implementation of this standard. 2 General 2.1 Components 2.1.1 Except as indicated in 2.1.2, a component of a product covered by this standard shall comply with the requirements for that component. See Appendix A for a list of standards covering components used in the products covered by this standard. 2.1.2 A component is not required to comply with a specific requirement that: a) Involves a feature or characteristic not required in the application of the component in the product covered by this standard, or b) Is superseded by a requirement in this standard. 2.1.3 A component shall be used in accordance with its rating established for the intended conditions of use. 2.1.4 Specific components are incomplete in construction features or restricted in performance capabilities. Such components are intended for use only under limited conditions, such as certain temperatures not exceeding specified limits, and shall be used only under those specific conditions. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

6 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 2.2 Units of measurement 2.2.1 Values stated without parentheses are the requirement. Values in parentheses are explanatory or approximate information. 2.3 Undated references 2.3.1 Any undated reference to a code or standard appearing in the requirements of this standard shall be interpreted as referring to the latest edition of that code or standard. 3 Glossary 3.1 For the purpose of this standard the following definitions apply. 3.2 ACTIVE SYSTEM Any system that is preprogrammed to send more than 1 signal per day to the central station automation system. Revised 3.2 effective June 30, 2005 3.3 ALARM-MONITORING SOFTWARE The sequence of instructions that tells the hardware how to handle the incoming signals and instructions from the keyboard. The alarm-monitoring software controls how the messages are stored in memory and how they are displayed on the operator terminal and printers. 3.4 ALARM SIGNAL A signal from an alarm system which requires immediate action. A signal, such as the alarm initiated from a manual box, a waterflow switch, an automatic fire detector, an intrusion detection unit, hold-up initiating device, door contact, or tamper switch, that indicates an emergency, fire or burglary condition requiring immediate action. 3.5 ANSWERBACK A technique whereby modems contain keywords (not less than eight characters long) that are identical. When one modem calls the other, they automatically exchange their keywords and, when there is a match, they stay on-line. This interaction shall happen within three seconds or the called modem goes on-hook. 3.6 AUTOMATION SYSTEM A computer system that consists of hardware and software components. These components include the alarm-monitoring software supplied by the automation system developer, the operating system, and programming languages, required to make the system operational. An automated system may be configured as a computer system that is directly connected to central-station receivers or is connected to remote receivers located in central-stations other than the one where the automation system is located. It is used to automatically process change-of-status signals such as alarm, trouble, supervisory, disarmings and armings (openings and closings), and similar signals that it receives from the central-station receiving equipment. 3.7 AUTOMATION SYSTEM HARDWARE COMPONENT A separate removable/interchangeable section of the system including but not limited to any associated power supply; a supervisory module (watchdog timer) for the disk drive, processor, or primary power, and similar components; operator terminal; printer; interface equipment; and similar equipment. 3.8 AUTOMATION SYSTEM SOFTWARE DEVELOPER A company that develops the alarmmonitoring software and specifies the minimum hardware platform specifications required for the combination of hardware and software to process signals from a subscriber s account in accordance with: 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 7 a) The National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72; b) The Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services, UL 827; and c) The requirements of this standard. 3.9 AUTOMATION SYSTEM S ALARM SYSTEM DATA BASE The system data base includes alarm system (account) information entered into the computer by central-station personnel. This information includes names and addresses of subscriber accounts; disarming and arming (opening and closing) schedules for individual alarm systems (accounts); dispatch information such as subscribers phone numbers, police department phone numbers, and fire department phone numbers; and graphics. 3.10 CALLBACK A technique whereby a called modem will accept only passwords that it is programmed to accept. Once a match is made, the modem goes on-hook, then off-hook, and dials a predetermined telephone/modem number. 3.11 CENTRAL-STATION A building, or enclosed area within a building, that houses an operating room and equipment used to provide central-station service to protected properties that are served by the central-station. Refer to the Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services, UL 827, and the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72. 3.12 CENTRAL STATION PERSONNEL Any employee of the central station who has the authority and access level to do what is described under specific paragraphs of this standard. 3.13 CENTRAL-STATION SERVICE The use of a system or a group of systems in which the operation of circuits and devices at a protected property are signaled to, recorded in, and supervised from a central-station having trained operators who, upon receipt of a signal, take such action as required by the nature of the signal received. 3.14 Deleted June 30, 2003 3.15 CERTIFICATED SYSTEM A system that is in compliance with the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681, the Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services, UL 827; the Standard for Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems, UL 1076; or the National Fire Alarm Code, NFPA 72. 3.16 CONTROL UNIT, CENTRAL-STATION (RECEIVING UNIT) Electrically operated receiving equipment located at a central-station which monitors the status of protected premises. The receiving equipment connected to an automation system receives signals from alarm systems and transmits them to the automation system. 3.17 DEGRADED MODE OF OPERATION A hardware or software failure that degrades the operation of the automation system to a point that the operators are required to handle alarm messages directly from the receivers. 3.18 DIAGNOSTICS Software programs intended to self-test the automation system to determine that the computer hardware and software are operating as intended. 3.19 FAULT-TOLERANT COMPUTER SYSTEM A computer system containing multiple power supplies, disks, processors, and controllers, each backing-up and checking on the processes of the others. In the event of a component failure, the other modules take over the job performed by the failed component without affecting the operation of the computer. In addition to the duplicate hardware, a fault-tolerant system includes software components consisting of the operating system, programming 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

8 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 languages, and the alarm-monitoring software supplied by the automation system software developer required to make the system operational. See 3.21 and 3.33 for the definitions of a hot back-up and redundant computer system. A fault-tolerant computer system as defined above is considered to be a redundant system. 3.20 HARDWARE Physical computer equipment (computer, disk drive, terminal, printer, memory boards, and similar equipment) that constitutes the automation system. 3.21 HOT BACK-UP A continuously energized computer system that is a back-up to the primary system computer and disk drive. The alarm system (account) information/signal processing is constantly updated in both computers. 3.22 HVAC SYSTEM Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system. 3.23 INACTIVE SYSTEM An alarm system that transmits a signal to the central-station only when an exception alarm, trouble, or supervisory condition exists or it is under test. Examples of an inactive alarm system are fire and holdup alarm systems, and burglar alarm systems supervising protected premises without the use of disarming and arming (opening and closing) signals. The 24-hour supervisory check-in signal transmitted by a digital alarm communicator transmitter or a one-way radio (RF) transmitter does not make an alarm system an active alarm system. An alarm system is considered inactive when the 24-hour supervisory signal is the only signal normally transmitted on a daily basis. 3.24 INCIDENT One or more alarm signals (i.e., fire, burglary, or holdup) of a related type received from an alarm system that require investigation by an authority having jurisdiction, alarm company, and/or subscriber. 3.25 LEVEL OF ACCESS The privileges associated with the security sign-on to the automation system. This is typically defined as having the ability to do one or more of the following to the automation system database or the alarm-monitoring software: a) View only, b) View and modify only, c) Add, d) Delete, e) Access alarm-monitoring software, f) Access certain segments of the database, g) Alter master files, h) Alter operating parameters, and i) Stop and start the computer. These privileges can also be mixed for one security sign-on giving various levels of access to different functions of the system. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 9 3.26 MANUAL RECORDS Records that may be maintained on paper, microfiche, or the non-volatile memory of a computer independent of the automation system. The records include alarm system (account) information that can be referred to in order to decode the signals on the receivers. 3.27 MODEM A device that modulates and demodulates digital signals into analog frequencies that can be carried over a telephone network. Most modems are also capable of dialing and receiving telephone calls between modems. 3.28 NON-REDUNDANT COMPUTER SYSTEM A single computer system used as an automation system. 3.29 NON-VOLATILE MEMORY The type of memory wherein interruption of power will not result in loss of information content in the storage medium. 3.30 OFF-SITE LOCATION A location that is outside of and away from the building that houses the central-station (e.g., a separate building at the same address, or a building at a different address). 3.31 OPERATING ROOM The area within a central-station that is physically secure and where operators receive and respond to the signals that are transmitted to the central-station. 3.32 OPERATOR S TERMINAL A terminal, consisting of a video display and keyboard, used for displaying and processing alarm, trouble, supervisory signals, and other similar signals. 3.33 REDUNDANT COMPUTER SYSTEM Two computer systems maintained at a central-station, either of which can quickly be connected and operational for processing alarm signals in the event that the other computer fails to operate. See 3.19 for the definition of a fault-tolerant computer system. A fault-tolerant computer system is considered to be redundant. 3.34 REMOTE AUTOMATION SYSTEM EQUIPMENT Automation system equipment located at a remote location such as a fire department or police department and networked to an automation system located in a central-station. This equipment includes terminals, printers, and personal computers that perform functions of a terminal, modems, and similar equipment. 3.35 REMOTE LOCATION A place where a connection to the central-station automation system exists outside the confines of the central-station. There is no alarm handling at a remote location except when the location is a police station or fire department. 3.36 RUNAWAY SYSTEM Any alarm system that transmits a greater number of signals than the automation system is preprogrammed to receive within a preprogrammed period of time. The number of signals and the time frame which define a runaway system are agreed upon by the central-station and the automation system software provider. For example, a central-station may define a runaway system as one that transmits more than 20 signals of the same type within 30 minutes. The automation system software developer programs the automation system to this specification. An automation system programmed with the runaway system criteria provided by the central-station meets the requirement of 20.19. 3.37 SECURITY SIGN-ON A technique used to prevent unauthorized access into a computer system. The security sign-on as referenced in this standard shall consist of not less than six alphanumeric characters and shall also govern the level of access. 3.38 SERVICING TERMINAL A video display terminal used by service personnel. This terminal is not intended for alarm-monitoring and processing. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

10 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 3.39 SOFTWARE The automation system computer program that operates on the computer hardware. The software includes two main portions an alarm-monitoring software and an operating system. 3.40 SUBSCRIBER The user of a premise or item protected by a central-station burglar or fire-alarm system. An authorized representative of the user is also considered a subscriber. 3.41 SUBSIDIARY STATION A normally unattended, physically secure facility which is linked by communication channels to a central-station. Signals from alarm systems are transmitted to the subsidiary station and then relayed to the central-station. When the communication link between the subsidiary station and the central-station is out of service, the subsidiary station is capable of being staffed and operated as a central-station. 3.42 TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK Any network that is connected to the telephone lines. 3.43 VOLATILE MEMORY The type of memory wherein any interruption of power will result in loss of information content in the storage medium. 3.44 WATCHDOG TIMER A hardware or software supervisory module which supervises the disk drives, micro-processors, power supply output, and similar components. 4 Installation Instructions 4.1 A copy of the operating and installation instructions shall be furnished with the automation system submitted for investigation and shall be used as a guide in the examination and test of the system. A final edition is not required for this purpose. 4.2 The instructions shall include concise descriptions of the operation, testing, and maintenance procedures for the product(s), and recommended testing frequency. Additional information is not prohibited from being included. 4.3 The instruction manual shall have a section which specifically describes the system configuration. This section shall include the following equipment requirements for the automation system: a) Minimum system specifications 1) Operating system class, minimum revision level and/or kernel type and revision level; 2) For PC-based systems, the most basic microprocessor that the software is designed to work with and the minimum speed of the microprocessor. For systems using minicomputers, the basic system model or family as well as the microprocessor and its speed designation; 3) Minimum disk storage space required; 4) Minimum internal memory size; and 5) Minimum revision level of the alarm-monitoring software. b) Environmental controls Hardware shall be located in an environment where the temperature is maintained at a level within the temperature rating range of the equipment. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 11 c) HVAC standby power The HVAC system shall have 24 hours of standby power. The standby power for the HVAC shall be provided by the central-station s engine-driven generator(s). When the central-station chooses to do so, it may provide the standby power for the HVAC system by an uninterruptible power supply (UPS), or similar equipment. Exception: When the hardware is rated for use in environments with temperatures between 32 F (0 C) and 120 F (49 C), standby power is not required for the HVAC system. d) Source of power 1) Hardware shall be powered by a UPS that complies with either the Standard for Uninterruptible Power Systems, UL 1778, or the Standard for Power Supplies for Fire- Protective Signaling Systems, UL 1481. 2) In order to perform maintenance and repair service, a means for disconnecting the input to a UPS and output from a UPS while maintaining continuity of power supply to the automation system shall be provided. 3) When a power conditioner is being used, it shall comply with the Standard for Power Units Other Than Class 2, UL 1012. In order to perform maintenance and repair service, a means for disconnecting the input to a power conditioner and output from a power conditioner while maintaining continuity of power to the automation system shall be provided. e) Supply-line transient protection Hardware shall be protected by transient voltage surge suppressors that comply with the Standard for Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors, UL 1449. The transient voltage surge suppressors for single-phase, 120/220 V AC systems shall have a marked rating of 330 volts or less. The transient voltage surge suppressors for 3-phase, 480 V AC or higher-rated systems shall have a marked rating of 400 volts or less. f) Signaling-line transient protection 1) The communication circuits contained within the central-station building and not connected to the telecommunications network shall be protected by isolated loop circuit protectors. These protectors shall comply with the Standard for Protectors for Data Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits, UL 497B, and shall have a marked rating of 50 volts or less. 2) Communication circuits connected to the telecommunications network shall be protected by secondary protectors for communication circuits. These protectors shall comply with the Standard for Secondary Protectors for Communications Circuits, UL 497A, and shall have a marked rating of 150 volts or less. These protectors shall be used only in the protected side of the telecommunications network. Exception: Equipment connected to telecommunications circuits which has been evaluated to the requirements of the Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864, are not required to have protection devices evaluated to the requirements of UL 497A. g) Minimum system configuration List of components constituting minimum system configuration for redundant/non-redundant systems (including CRTs, printers, computers, watchdog timers, and similar equipment). 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

12 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 h) Software version Instructions on how to display the software version. Revised 4.3(f) effective June 30, 2005 CONSTRUCTION 5 General 5.1 Data processing equipment and office appliance and business equipment used in an automation system shall comply with the Standard for Information Technology Equipment, UL 1950. 6 Power Supply Sources 6.1 In addition to the primary power supply and secondary power supply sources that are required to be provided at the central-station, the system shall be provided with an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) with sufficient capacity to operate the computer equipment for a minimum of 15 minutes. If more than 15 minutes is required for the secondary power supply to supply the UPS input power, the UPS shall be capable of providing input power for at least that amount of time. 7 Electrical Transient Protection 7.1 Supply-line transient protection 7.1.1 The automation system hardware primary power source shall be protected by transient voltage surge suppressors that comply with the Standard for Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors, UL 1449. The transient voltage surge suppressors for single-phase, 120/220 V AC systems shall have a marked rating of 330 volts or less. The transient voltage surge suppressors for 3-phase, 480 V AC or higher-rated systems shall have a marked rating of 400 volts or less. 7.2 Signaling-line transient protection 7.2.1 All ports of the automation system that are connected to communication circuits contained within the central-station building and not connected to the telecommunications network shall be protected by isolated loop circuit protectors for communication circuits. These protectors shall comply with the requirements in the Standard for Protectors for Data Communication and Fire Alarm Circuits, UL 497B. The transient protectors shall have a marked rating of 50 volts or less. Exception No. 1: When all of the equipment connected to the automation system is located in the same room as the automation system and is not more than 25 feet (7.62 m) apart, and is not connected to the telecommunications network, isolated loop circuit protection is not required. Exception No. 2: Transient voltage surge protection is not required for fiber optic circuits. Revised 7.2.1 effective June 30, 2005 7.2.2 Communication circuits connected to the telecommunications network shall be protected by secondary protectors for communication circuits. These protectors shall comply with the Standard for Secondary Protectors for Communications Circuits, UL 497A. These protectors shall be used only in the protected side of the telecommunications network. The transient protectors shall have a marked rating of 150 volts or less. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 13 Exception: Equipment connected to telecommunications circuits which has been evaluated to the requirements of the Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864, are not required to have protection devices evaluated to the requirements of UL 497A. 8 Environmental Controls Added 7.2.2 effective June 30, 2005 8.1 The automation system hardware (computers, monitors, disk drives, and similar equipment) shall be located in an environment where the temperature is maintained at a level within the temperature rating range of the equipment. The HVAC system shall have 24 hours of standby power. The standby power for the HVAC shall be provided by the central-station s engine-driven generator(s), or similar equipment. When the central-station chooses to do so, it is not prohibited from providing the standby power for the HVAC system by an uninterruptible power supply (UPS). Exception: Standby power is not required for the HVAC system when the automation system hardware is rated for use in environments with temperatures between 32 F (0 C) and 120 F (49 C). 8.2 A maintenance contract that provides for restoring operation of the HVAC system within 24 hours, 7 days a week shall be in place. Added 8.2 effective June 30, 2005 9 Central-Station Staffing 9.1 Central-station staffing shall be such that all alarm signals are acknowledged and verification and/or dispatch actions initiated within 45 seconds of receiver kiss-off to the alarm panel. 10 Power Conditioners 10.1 A power conditioner used with the system shall comply with the applicable requirements in the Standard for Power Units Other Than Class 2, UL 1012. In order to perform maintenance and repair service, a means for disconnecting the input to a power conditioner and output from a power conditioner while maintaining continuity of power to the automation system shall be provided. 11 Uninterruptible Power Supplies 11.1 The uninterruptible power supply (UPS) used with the system shall comply with the Standard for Uninterruptible Power Systems, UL 1778, or the Standard for Power Supplies for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 1481. 11.2 In order to perform maintenance and repair service, a means for disconnecting the input to a UPS and output from a UPS while maintaining continuity of power supply to the automation system shall be provided. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

14 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 12 Printerless Environment 12.1 A central-station is not prohibited from using computer equipment (event loggers) to record signals received on receivers, in lieu of printers that are connected to or are part of receiving equipment, when the following conditions are met: a) Computers used for this purpose shall be redundant; b) In the event of failure of either the primary or back-up computer, there shall be an audible or visual indication within 90 seconds of the failure. The signal shall be obvious to the operator/ responsible central-station staff. In addition, the central-station staff shall be capable of, and the back-up computer shall be ready for, switching over within 30 seconds so that the back-up computer is energized and connected to the affected receivers. c) The primary and back-up computers shall be isolated from the automation system computer/s (i.e., these computers shall not be configured in such a way that the signals from the receivers that are intended to be transmitted to the automation system computer/s have to first pass through the primary and back-up computers). d) The primary and back-up computers shall have transient protection as required in Electrical Transient Protection, Section 7. e) The communication lines between the computer and the receiver must be supervised so that, within 90 seconds, a distinct audible or visual trouble signal indicates the occurrence of a single break, a single ground-fault condition, or a short circuit that prevents the required operation of the computer. f) The captured signals must be retrievable upon demand in maximum 5 seconds. g) Signals must be presented, at a minimum, in the same manner as they would be by receiver printers. Added 12.1 effective June 30, 2005 13 Back-up Components 13.1 The back-up component requirements depend on the final application of the automation system. Back-up components of the automation system are not required when all of the following conditions are met: a) The automation system does not serve more than 200 active systems nor more than 1000 inactive systems and operates in the degraded mode of operation using the receivers; b) The central-station supervisors and operators are trained for a period of not less than one hour per month and tested in the use of receivers, UPS units, printers, back-up procedures, emergency call lists, and other procedures in preparation for an automation system failure. A log documenting such training and testing shall be available at the central-station; c) The central-station shall maintain sufficient current documentation on hand to enable the operators to handle signals directly from the receiver; 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 15 d) Upon failure of the automation system, the required functions of the receivers connected to the automation system, which may be suppressed, shall revert to their normal operation. These functions include printing all incoming signals and providing audible and visual indications of change-of-status signals; and e) The receivers are located in the same room or area as the operators and are accessible for operation. A partition made of glass or other durable, transparent material may separate the operators and the receivers. This partition shall not prevent operator access to the receivers. Revised 13.1 (b) and (c) effective June 30, 2005 13.2 If the automation system serves more than 200 active alarm systems or more than 1000 inactive alarm systems, the following conditions shall be met: a) The automation system s main computer; hard disk; main computer s video display terminal; and the software components including the operating system, program languages, and the alarm-monitoring software shall be completely duplicated. In the event of failure of the automation system s main computer, central-station staff shall be capable of, and the back-up computer shall be ready for, switching over within 30 seconds so that the back-up computer is energized and connected to the receivers, printers, and other devices required for the system. The back-up system shall be fully operational within 6 minutes of the loss of the primary system. This allows 30 seconds for plugging in the computer and switching the communication lines over to the back-up system and also allows 5-1/2 additional minutes for the system to boot up, conduct memory tests, file system check, security verifications, and prepare for full operation. The back-up computer shall have all the capabilities of the primary, including capacity and speed. The central-station operators and supervisor(s) shall be trained monthly in making the switchover and bringing the back-up computer on line. When the automation system is configured in a hot back-up mode, the back-up computer shall have its own watchdog timer. Exception No. 1: The back-up computer is not prohibited from having less computing power than the primary computer when non-alarm functions (such as accounting operations and energy management) that are performed on the primary computer are not performed on the back-up computer and its alarm-monitoring performance is identical to or exceeds that of the primary. Exception No. 2: A watchdog timer is not required if the automation system has a hot back-up configuration and the following conditions are met: a) The primary/active computer monitors the operation of the back-up computer and b) The primary/active computer is capable of generating an audible and visual signal within 90 seconds of the occurrence of a fault. A visual display condition under which the failure or switchover condition is obvious to the operator is not prohibited from being used in lieu of both a visual and an audible signal. b) The central-station operators and supervisor(s) are trained for a period of not less than one hour per month and tested in the use of receivers, UPS units, printers, back-up procedures, emergency call lists, and other procedures in preparation for an automation system failure. Sufficient current documentation shall be kept on hand to process signals directly from the receivers. A log documenting such training shall be available at the central-station. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

16 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 c) The receivers are located in the same room or area as the operators. A partition made of glass or other durable, transparent material may separate the operators from the receivers. This partition shall not prevent operator access to the receivers. d) The alarm system data base on the back-up computer shall be updated not less than once every 24 hours. Central-stations that serve not more than 1000 active alarm systems or not more than 5000 inactive alarm systems may update the data base on the back-up computer on a weekly basis when a back-up copy of the data base is made on a floppy disk or tape not less than once every 24 hours. e) If the automation system does not have a hot back-up configuration, the back-up computer shall be energized, and a diagnostic conducted, on a weekly basis. A log documenting this energization and diagnostic testing shall be maintained at the central station. f) All the network equipment through which signals pass is redundant. Redundancy is capable of being achieved by having back-up network equipment placed near the on-line unit so that connection to the network is accomplished in 6 minutes. Revised 13.2 effective June 30, 2005 13.3 In a hot redundant or a fault-tolerant configuration, failure of either the primary or back-up computer system, and switchover to its back-up shall be indicated by an audible and visual signal within 90 seconds of the occurrence of the fault. A visual display condition under which the failure or switchover condition is obvious to the operator is not prohibited from being used in lieu of both a visual and an audible signal. 13.4 A fault-tolerant computer system may be used in lieu of complete duplication of the system when every component in the fault-tolerant computer system, including the software and the power supply cord, is duplicated. 13.5 When the automation system serves more than 25,000 active accounts or more than 125,000 inactive accounts, the primary and back-up computers shall be configured in a hot back-up mode. In addition, the following conditions shall be met: a) There shall be a second back-up computer that has the same capacity and performance as the primary or the first back-up computer. b) In the event of failure of the automation system s primary and first back-up computers, central-station staff shall be capable of, and the second back-up computer shall be ready for, switching over within 30 seconds so that the second back-up computer is energized and connected to the receivers and other devices required for the system. The second back-up system shall be fully operational within 6 minutes of the loss of the primary or the back-up system. This allows 30 seconds for plugging in the computer and switching the communication lines over to the second back-up system and also allows 5-1/2 additional minutes for the system to boot up, conduct memory tests, file system check, security verifications, and prepare for full operation. The second back-up computer shall have all the capabilities of the primary or the back-up automation system, including capacity and speed. The central-station operators and supervisor(s) shall be trained monthly in making the switchover and bringing the second back-up computer on-line. c) The second back-up computer shall have its own UPS which meets all of the requirements specified in this standard or is configured in such a way that it is capable of being connected to the primary or first back-up computer s UPS in time to meet the requirements of 13.5(b). 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 17 d) The alarm system data base on the second back-up computer shall be updated not less than once every 24 hours. e) All the network equipment through which signals pass is redundant. Redundancy is capable of being achieved by having a back-up network equipment placed near the on-line unit so that connection to the network is accomplished in 6 minutes. Added 13.5 effective June 30, 2005 13.6 In a hot redundant or a fault-tolerant configuration, failure of either the primary or back-up computers, and switchover to their back-up shall be indicated by an audible and visual signal within 90 seconds of the occurrence of the fault. A visual display condition under which the failure or switchover condition is obvious to the operator is not prohibited from being used in lieu of both a visual and an audible signal. Added 13.6 effective June 30, 2005 14 Spare Parts Maintenance and Service 14.1 An automation system (single or duplicated) shall be provided with the necessary spare parts and the personnel shall be provided with the necessary expertise to ensure that the system can be placed back in service within 24 hours of failure. A maintenance contract that provides for restoring operation of the automation system within 24 hours is one method that demonstrates compliance. 14.2 There shall be one spare operator terminal and one spare printer for every five being operated. A minimum of one spare operator terminal and printer is required when less than five of each are being used. The spare units are not prohibited from being used in nonessential duties within the central-station s building or suite of offices where they can be relocated or left in place and put into service for essential duty. 15 Alarm Receiving Equipment 15.1 Separate alarm signal receiving equipment for use with automation systems shall comply with: a) The Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864: b) The Standard for Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units, UL 1610; c) The Standard for Digital Alarm Communicator System Units, UL 1635; and d) The Standard for Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems, UL 1076, when applicable. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

18 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 16 Back-up Media 16.1 Daily back-up copies of the automation system s alarm system data base shall be generated for restoring purposes. The most recent back-up copy shall be kept on-site in the event that problems develop with the alarm system data base. At a minimum, bi-weekly back-up copies of the alarm system data base and alarm monitoring software shall also be maintained at a secure off-site location. Exception: Back-up copies of the alarm system data base and alarm-monitoring software of automation systems that serve not more than 1000 active alarm systems or not more than 5000 inactive alarm systems are to be generated and maintained at a secure off-site location on a minimum of once per month. 16.2 In addition, a copy of the operating system shall be kept on-site and at the off-site location. The off-site location is not prohibited from being the software developer s location, if a copy of the operating system can be delivered to the central station within 24 hours. 16.3 Manual records (paper records, microfiche, personal computer storage) shall be kept in the operating area for reference in the event of loss of the automation system. These records shall be updated biweekly. Exception: Central-Stations that use a second back-up computer meeting the requirements of 13.5 are not required to comply with the requirement of 16.3. Revised 16.3 effective June 30, 2005 16.4 Twenty-four-hour access shall be provided for all back-up data records required in 16.1 and 16.2 maintained at an off-site location. Added 16.4 effective June 30, 2005 17 Remote Connections 17.1 All components of a central-station automation system, other than a power conditioner or a UPS, shall be located within the operating room. Components of an automation system that are not located within the operating room shall be located within the physical central-station building or an enclosed area within a building that houses the central-station except as indicated in Exception Nos. 1 and 2, and in the requirements in 17.2 and 17.4. A central-station automation system is not prohibited from being located next to the operating room with a partition made of glass or other durable, transparent material. This partition shall not prevent operator access to the receivers. Exception No. 1: A central-station automation system that also performs non-alarm related supplementary processes, such as accounting or alarm service data, is not prohibited from having a terminal or printer that is connected to the system but located outside the operating room when all of the following conditions are met: a) Opens, shorts, and ground faults on the communication lines between the automation system and operator terminal or printer do not adversely affect the automation system; b) Alarm signal monitoring and processing are not done from the remote terminal; and c) Operation of the supplementary process does not adversely affect the change-of-status processing portion of the system, including operation speed. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 19 Exception No. 2: The computers for an automation system are not prohibited from being located outside and away from the operating room but still within the central-station building or an enclosed area within a building that houses the central-station when the system complies with the requirements specified in Exception No. 1 (a) and (b), and when the room in which the computers are installed complies with all of the following: a) The doors entering the computer room are provided with automatic door closers without hold-open features; b) Door knobs do not have a button release feature; c) Doors are locked at all times; d) Doors are controlled by an access control system or keys are provided to authorized personnel for gaining access to the computer room; e) The computer room is monitored by a closed-circuit television or directly viewable through windows of the computer room; f) The room is provided with an automatic fire extinguishing system; g) The room has a fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour; and h) The switchover to the primary or back-up systems is done automatically within 30 seconds of the failure of either system so that the operational system is energized and is ready to be connected to the receivers, printers, and other devices required for the system. The back-up system shall be fully operational within 6 minutes of the loss of the primary system. The back-up computer shall have all the capabilities of the primary system such as speed and capacity. Failure of either the primary or the back-up system is to be indicated by an audible and visual signal to the operators. A visual display condition under which the switchover is obvious to the operator is not prohibited from being used in lieu of audible and visual signals. 17.2 Terminals from which automation system records and/or data can be changed are not prohibited from being connected to the central-station automation system from a location outside the central-station when the following conditions are met: a) The terminals are connected via a callback modem or directly wired to the central-station automation system. Instead of a callback modem, the user from the remote location may call the central-station, and after being identified, the central-station can turn on the modem for a predetermined amount of time; b) The terminals meet the requirements of 7.2.2; and c) The automation system complies with the security provisions of Program Access and Control, Section 24; d) The requirements in Exception No. 1 (a) and (b) to 17.1. e) The remote location where the terminal is located shall comply with the following: 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

20 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 1) Restricted access to the remote area shall be maintained. This shall be by lock-andkey, card access, or any other method that prevents the public from casually entering the area. The method used to restrict access to the remote area shall be documented and available at the central-station. 2) The area shall be protected by an alarm system and the level of protection provided shall comply with Extent Number 3 as described in the Standard for Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems, UL 681. 3) When this area is within an area which non-alarm company personnel are not prohibited from accessing, the terminal shall be arranged so that a clear view of it is not possible. f) Programmed security: 1) A security sign-on consisting of a minimum of six alpha-numeric characters shall be required. 2) Each individual shall have a personal security sign-on. 3) The time, date, and identifying characteristic of the individual signing-on shall be recorded. 4) Any modification made to the data base shall be logged with a unique personal identification belonging to the person performing the modification. 5) Each user s security sign-on shall be required to be changed not less than once every three months. The system shall prompt the user to change the security sign-on at 3-month intervals. The system shall not authorize the user to gain access if the security sign-on is not changed after the prompt. g) When a copy or copies of the central-station data base is available at the remote site, it shall be protected as follows. Paper printout of the data base shall not be provided at the remote site. 1) Removable media: i) Shall be under lock-and-key within the remote location. ii) Shall be accessible to authorized alarm company employees only. iii) Access shall be limited to those who have a need to know. iv) Filing shall be organized in a manner that will alert someone when any of the media is missing. v) Data stored on removable media shall be unrecognizable to anyone not having the programs and cipher to unlock them. 2) Non-removable media Access to the data base shall have the same security as a central-station system. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 21 Exception: An alarm dealer is not prohibited from having a printout of the customer data base that he/she serves. 17.3 With respect to 17.2(f)(4), each area of the system that is modified shall be identified by the personal code. This user/modification information shall be stored on the system for a minimum period of 3 months. However, the central-station is required to keep the information available for retrieval for a minimum of 1 year. Added 17.3 effective June 30, 2005 17.4 Terminals through which automation system records and/or data cannot be changed are not required to comply with the requirements in 17.2. They shall comply with the requirements in Exception No. 1 (a) and (b) to 17.1. 17.5 Revised and combined with 17.2 June 30, 2003. 17.6 The automation system of a central-station is not prohibited from being used by other central-stations or subsidiary stations of the same company when the following conditions are met: a) Redundancy is provided for the automation system s primary computer, hard drive, alarm monitor, UPS, and all communication components of the network such as modems, concentrators, and similar equipment when the total number of active and inactive accounts for both the main central-station and remote central-station exceed 200 and 1000 accounts, respectively. Switchover to the back-up automation system shall occur as specified in 13.2(a). Exception: When the total number of active and inactive alarm systems for both the main central-station and the remote central-station are less than 200 and 1000 respectively, the redundancy requirements specified in 17.6(a) do not apply. b) The communication components of the network such as the modems, concentrators, and similar devices shall comply with the requirements for each respective component. c) Each of the central-stations and subsidiary stations that use the automation system are able to generate alarm record information required under 20.8 20.10 for the alarm systems (accounts) for which each is responsible. d) All the signal processing requirements contained in the Normal Operation Test, Section 20, shall be complied with. e) All ports of the automation system, and all of the networking components, except those connected to the telecommunications network, shall be protected by isolated loop circuit protectors for communication circuits. These protectors shall comply with the requirements in the Standard for Protectors for Data Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits, UL 497B. The transient protectors shall have a marked rating of 50 volts or less. Exception: When all of the equipment connected to the automation system is located in the same room as the automation system and is not more than 25 feet (7.62 m) apart, and is not connected to the telecommunications network, isolated loop circuit protection is not required. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

22 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 f) Communication circuits connected to the telecommunications network shall be protected by secondary protectors for communication circuits. These protectors shall comply with the Standard for Secondary Protectors for Communications Circuits, UL 497A. These protectors shall be used only in the protected side of the telecommunications network. The transient protectors shall have a marked rating of 150 volts or less. Exception: Equipment connected to telecommunications circuits which has been evaluated to the requirements of the Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 864, are not required to have protection devices evaluated to the requirements of UL 497A. g) Failure of the primary or the back-up automation system shall be indicated at all of the central-stations and subsidiary stations using the system in such a way that it is obvious to the operators. h) Provisions shall be made at all of the central-stations using the automation system for operation in a degraded mode as described in the Operation Test Degraded Mode, Section 21, or the Operation Test Degraded Mode, Alternate Path, Section 22. The operators and supervisors shall be trained as specified in 13.1(b) and 13.2(b). Revised 17.6 (e) and (h), and added Exception to 17.6(e), and added 17.6(f) effective June 30, 2005 17.7 A central-station automation system is not prohibited from being used from a remote location such as a police or fire department when the following conditions are met: a) Failure of any signal to be acknowledged by an operator at the remote location is indicated at the central-station within 90 seconds. b) The automation system equipment (terminals, modems, personal computers, and similar equipment) is redundant. Exception: Redundancy is not required for remote automation system equipment at the remote location nor for central-station equipment dedicated solely to communicate to such remote location when alternate means of communication by voice telephone is available and permitted by the remote location authority. c) All components of the remote automation system equipment shall comply with the requirements of Construction, General, Section 5. d) The remote automation system equipment, including all of the networking components, complies with the signaling-line transient protection requirements described in 17.6 (e) and (f). e) The remote automation system equipment generates a display or printout of the information being transmitted. f) The remote automation system equipment shall be capable of receiving test transmissions pursuant to applicable standards. Failure of any test shall be indicated at a central-station. g) When more than one central-station has access to the remote automation system, such access shall be controlled by special access and identification codes. Revised 17.7(d) effective June 30, 2005 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 23 17.8 An automation system located at a subsidiary station shall comply with the following conditions: a) The system shall comply with all requirements of a central-station automation system. b) Redundancy is required in all cases. c) A hot back-up computer shall be provided. Exception: When the main computer is providing a constantly updated data base on the disk drives of the standby computer, the switchover from the main computer to the standby computer may occur as a result of a signal indicating failure sent to the central-station whose personnel can effectuate a switch to the standby computer by a manual procedure when the switch to standby can be accomplished within 60 seconds. The central-station personnel shall be trained and tested on a monthly basis to accomplish the switchover within 60 seconds. A log documenting such training shall be available at the central-station. d) Failure of the main or back-up subsidiary station computer shall be indicated at the centralstation. Revised 17.8(c) effective June 30, 2005 18 Compliance Verification Chart 18.1 The automation system shall be provided with a compliance verification chart as described in 18.2. 18.2 The compliance verification chart shall include information on the following subjects, explaining the steps to be taken to properly set up the automation system in order to comply with the requirements for installation and operation of the system: a) Reports: Instructions indicating that reports of the following items for certificated systems shall be up-to-date and kept for a minimum of one year. Items 1 5maybestored on nonvolatile memory if they can be retrieved and printed once the automation system is given the account number, date, and time, as appropriate. 1) Alarm tickets. 2) Disarm/arm (Open/close) schedule for each account. 3) Fire alarm signals. 4) Panic / hold-up alarm. 5) Burglar alarm signals. b) Priority Levels: The automation system shall prioritize signals to the operator as follows. 1) Fire alarm. 2) Hold-up or panic alarm. 3) Medical. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM 4) Industrial supervision if a danger can result (critical process alarm).

24 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 5) Burglar alarm. 6) Other. Items 2, 3 and 4 are not prohibited from having equal priority. PERFORMANCE 19 General 19.1 Except as otherwise indicated, the performance of an automation system shall be investigated by subjecting a representative sample in commercial form to the tests described in Sections 20 26. 20 Normal Operation Test 20.1 An automation system shall be capable of operating for all conditions of its intended performance as indicated in the user s instruction manual when used in conjunction with the equipment indicated by the installation wiring diagram and information supplied with it. 20.2 To determine compliance with 20.1, the required equipment (alarm receiving and transmitting equipment) is to be connected to an automation system as specified by the installation wiring diagram to form a typical combination. The system is then to be operated for each condition of its intended performance as indicated in the user s instruction manual. 20.3 The automation system shall have an operator terminal and the capability to generate an audible signal, as a means of alerting the operator to receipt of a change-of-status signal from any receiver. Change-of-status shall include changes to activated, trouble, or restored conditions. Change-of-status signals shall be recorded on non-volatile memory or the equivalent. Exception: The audible signal is not required to be provided for change-of-status signals other than alarm, supervisory, tour delinquency, and trouble signals. Enabling the audible device is not required in central-stations where operators are dedicated to handling change-of-status signals and are stationed where the operator terminal is. 20.4 A minimum of one central-station operator or supervisor shall be logged on at all times. To ensure this, the system shall not allow all alarm-handling users to be logged out at one time. When only one operator or supervisor is logged on, who then attempts to log out, a message informing the operator/supervisor that he/she is the last one logged on is acceptable. 20.5 The time, date, type, and location of all signals received by the central station and requiring operator action are to be automatically recorded and displayed in a form that will expedite prompt operator interpretation in accordance with the following. To avoid operator overload, routine signals such as disarming and arming (opening and closing) complying with the schedule shall not be displayed. a) Signals requiring operator action and acknowledgment shall be both displayed on the operator terminal and recorded on hard disk. b) A status change signal that is acknowledged shall be displayed differently from a status change signal that has not been acknowledged. c) The visual information component shall be either retained on the display, or shall be periodically repeated at intervals of no more than 5 seconds and remain on for 2 seconds, until manually acknowledged. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 25 d) Each displayed signal requiring operator action shall be accompanied by an audible indication. Refer to the Exception to 20.3. e) There shall be means provided for the operator to redisplay the status of signals that have been acknowledged and not yet restored to the normal condition. f) When the system provides for continuous retention of the signal on the visual display until manually acknowledged, subsequent recorded presentations shall not be inhibited upon failure to acknowledge, and the visual display shall indicate that additional signals are pending. g) When only a single display is provided, fire alarm signals shall be given priority status on the common visual display. h) Multiple function systems shall be configured according to the following functions in descending order of priority: 1) Fire alarm. 2) Hold-up or panic alarm. 3) Medical. 4) Industrial supervision if a danger can result. 5) Burglar alarm. 6) Other. Items 2, 3, and 4 are not prohibited from having equal priority. The signal information content shall be recorded for both alarm and restoration to normal conditions. 20.6 All change-of-status signals shall be recorded on non-volatile memory. The system shall be capable of printing change-of-status signals upon demand when given the account number, date, and time, as appropriate. 20.7 All operator actions, such as acknowledgment of signals, dispatch, alarm resolution, and the like, shall be automatically recorded on non-volatile memory with the time, date, and operator s unique personal identification specified. The date is to include day, month, and year; or day of the year and the year. The year is to be recorded in four digits. 20.8 Upon resolution of a fire, hold-up, or burglar alarm incident, the automation system shall automatically generate an alarm report for certificated accounts and record it on non-volatile memory. The system shall be capable of generating an alarm report upon demand for non-certificated alarm systems. This report shall include the following items, as applicable: a) The name and address of the subscriber (fire/burglar); b) The type of alarm (burglary, hold-up, fire); c) The designated response time (burglar); 1/16/2007-3:01 PM d) Whether there is standard or encrypted line security. When provided, it shall be indicated;

26 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 e) The time the alarm was received by the automation system (fire/burglar); f) The time the police/fire department was notified, and the police/fire department identification number (fire/burglar); g) The time the alarm investigator No. 1 was dispatched, and the investigator s name and employee ID (fire/burglar); h) The time the alarm investigator No. 2 (if any) was dispatched, and the investigator s name and employee ID (burglar); i) The time the alarm investigator No. 1 arrived (fire/burglar); j) The time the alarm investigator No. 2 arrived (if dispatched) (burglar); k) The elapsed time between the receipt of the alarm signal at the central-station automation system and the investigator s arrival at the protected premises; l) The method used to verify the alarm investigator s arrival such as radio, telephone, or other means (fire/burglar); m) Whether the central-station holds keys; n) Whether the keys were used or not used (fire/burglar); o) The time the subscriber was notified, the name of the notified subscriber (2 or 3 lines might be required for multiple notifications) (burglar/fire); p) The disposition of the alarm (fire/burglar); and q) Whether a sounding device is provided on the alarm system (optional). Added 20.8(d) effective June 30, 2005 20.9 The automation system shall be capable of displaying the alarm report on an operator terminal and printing it upon demand. 20.10 The automation system shall be capable of identifying, sorting, recording, and displaying fire and burglar alarm certificated accounts by type and designated response time (burglar). The automation system shall store one year of alarm history on burglar and fire alarm certificated accounts. The automation system shall be able to display on an operator terminal and print upon demand the alarm reports for all certificated accounts in the automation system s alarm system data base. 20.11 The automation system shall be capable of displaying the software version so it can be easily verified. The software version may be displayed on the main log-in menu screen or on all screens. 20.12 The automation system shall be capable of displaying, on demand, the number of active and inactive accounts that it has on the data base. Revised 20.12 effective June 30, 2005 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 27 20.13 The automation system shall be capable of displaying active/inactive accounts for each receiver to which it is connected. 20.14 The automation system shall be capable of generating a printed record of change-of-status signals for a specific period of time for a specific account when given the account number, initial and final time, and date for that period. For certificated burglar and fire alarm accounts, one year of change-of-status signals shall be resident on the automation system for retrieval upon demand. 20.15 When an audible signal that alerts the operator to receipt of a change-of-status signal is silenced, it is to be re-energized upon receipt of a subsequent change-of-status signal with higher priority from the same account or a change-of-status signal requiring operator action from another account. 20.16 When the operator is working from a menu other than the alarm processing menu, and a change-of-status signal requiring operator action occurs, the automation system shall generate an audible and a visual indication of the signal. Exception: In automation systems where the audible signal continues until the operator resumes alarm processing, the visual indication is not required. Revised 20.16 effective June 30, 2005 20.17 When the operation of a switch or a keyboard key prevents proper operation of the automation system, such operation is to be indicated by an audible trouble signal, or by an LED, video display, or other visual annunciator during any operating condition of the automation system. 20.18 The operation of an automation system from a standby power source under normal and abnormal conditions is to produce the same signals as when the unit is connected to its primary power source. Exception: This requirement does not apply to the trouble signal that activates when the primary operating power becomes incapable of operating the system. 20.19 The automation system shall be able to automatically identify an alarm system as a runaway system when the number of signals from that system exceeds the preprogrammed number within the preprogrammed time frame. It shall immediately and automatically display a message on the operator terminal. The message shall indicate runaway system and identify the details of the alarm system such as account number, location, contact person, and similar information. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

28 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 21 Operation Test Degraded Mode 21.1 Upon failure of the automation system whether redundant or non-redundant the required functions of the receivers connected to the automation system (which may be suppressed), shall revert to their normal operation. Under the degraded mode of operation, the receiver shall automatically print all change-of-status signals and generate an audible signal to alert the operator of the computer failure. There shall be no loss of signal when the system enters the degraded mode of operation. The receiver shall be situated so that operators can easily gain access to the readouts of the receiver. 21.2 When an automation system is operating in a degraded mode, change-of-status signals must be processed manually. Whether the automation system is a single or redundant system, the following records shall be maintained at the central-station: a) The most recent record of the alarm system data base shall be maintained and be readily available for all accounts. This record shall include, as appropriate, dispatch instructions, disarming and arming (opening and closing) schedules, pass card data, holidays observed and schedules, and the time and date that the data file was created. Additionally, record data shall meet the requirements specified in the Records sections (fire alarm, and burglar alarm) in the Standard for Central-Station Alarm Services, UL 827, as appropriate. b) A means to permanently record the date and time the action was taken to respond to change-of-status events. c) A means shall also be provided by the automation system to transfer the data from manually-generated activities into the automation system s permanent record when the automation system is back in normal operation. Copies of the alarm system data base shall be maintained on-site and off-site in the event that problems develop with the system copy operating at the time. The alarm system data base record shall be updated not less than biweekly. Revised 21.2(a) and added 21.2(c) effective June 30, 2005 22 Operation Test Degraded Mode, Alternate Path 22.1 Use of a second back-up computer in order to minimize reliance on manual records is not prohibited when the following conditions are met: a) The primary and first back-up computers are configured in a hot back-up mode and b) The requirements of 13.5 (a) (d) are met. Added 22.1 effective June 30, 2005 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 29 23 System Response Time 23.1 The time lapse from the receipt of a signal that is received at the receiver and requires operator action until the signal is displayed and recorded by the automation system shall not exceed 10 seconds. Displaying the signal may be in the form of updating the number of signals in queue. 23.2 When the central-station automation system is duplicated, either manual or automatic switchover shall be accomplished as described in 13.2(a). 24 Program Access and Control 24.1 The alarm-monitoring software shall not be accessible for change, modification, or additions by the central-station staff, except as indicated under 24.3(d). Exception: Software providers may provide a log-in for their use to access the operating system and alarm-monitoring software. Updates to the operating system and alarm-monitoring software may be performed by this log-in. 24.2 The central-station staff shall not be able to change the time and date when change-of-status signals are received and processed, including dispatch, arrival, and similar information. 24.3 The automation system shall have a minimum of four levels (or degrees) of security. In order to operate the automation system, a security sign-on code consisting of not less than six alpha-numeric characters shall be required. The security sign-on shall govern the access level. The levels of security shall be as follows: a) Minimum security level Shall permit acknowledgment of operator actions in response to signals received from alarm systems. It shall also permit printing or electronic copying of alarm system records. This level shall not affect the ability of the automation system to perform its alarm system monitoring functions. b) Second security level Shall permit temporary (24 hours maximum) suspension of the automation system s designated activity for specific functions of an alarm system. The preprogrammed condition shall automatically be restored within a predetermined time of change of function. Suspension may be repeated at the discretion of the central-station staff with this security level. c) Third security level Shall permit permanent record changes to the automation system s alarm system data base such as adding, deleting, or suspending accounts for longer than 24 hours. d) Fourth security level Shall provide the ability to change central-station operator IDs, or changes to time and date. The user shall not be able to change the time and/or date of changeof-status signals that are received and processed, including dispatch, arrival, and similar information. e) High security level Shall provide capability for permanent modification of the alarmmonitoring software. This is intended to be a level only accessible to the software provider s programmers. Added 24.3(d) effective June 30, 2005 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

30 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 24.4 A higher security level is not prohibited from including all the capabilities of a lower security level. 24.5 An audible trouble signal shall activate within 90 seconds of any occurrence of the following malfunctions: a) The automation system does not execute its program cycle. b) A power-supply output upon which the operation of the automation system relies (such as a micro-processor, memory, disk drive, or similar equipment) ceases to operate. c) Rotation ceases, or fails to start when required, in an automation system that incorporates permanent memory-storage devices having rotating elements. Exception No. 1: When each and every receiver compatible with the automation system provides the audible indication within 90 seconds for the conditions (a) (c), then it is not required that the automation system have a separate watchdog timer. Exception No. 2: A visual display under which the malfunctions specified in (a) (c) are obvious to the operator meets the intent of this requirement. 24.6 The alarm-monitoring capabilities of the automation system shall not be affected when it executes or fails to execute any supplementary program. 24.7 The automation system shall have a non-volatile, reliable storage device (hard disk, optical disk, or similar device). 24.8 The back-up copies of the operating system and the alarm-monitoring software shall be stored on removable media. The alarm system data base shall be saved on removable media daily. The automation system shall have provisions for connection to equipment that is able to reload the operating system, alarm-monitoring software, and the alarm system data base. 24.9 A device that uses a memory storage medium that is subject to continuous wear during the course of normal operation and that is not sealed against atmospheric contaminants shall not be used to hold data that is required to perform the alarm-monitoring functions. Such a device is capable of being used for functions such as: a) Performing initial loading of software and data base information, b) Data base downloading if system operation is not inhibited, c) Providing enhancement to basic system descriptors, and d) Making back-ups of software and data base information. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 31 25 Electrical Supervision Test 25.1 Except as indicated in 25.2, all interconnecting circuits of the systems shall be electrically supervised so that within 90 seconds a distinct, audible trouble signal will indicate the occurrence of a single break; a single ground-fault condition; or a short circuit on circuits that prevent the required operation of the automation system including but not limited to the communication line between the receiver and the automation system. When an intermittent trouble signal is used, it is to sound at least once every 10 seconds with a minimum time duration of one-half second. A visual display condition under which the trouble condition is obvious to the operator (a concise message describing the trouble) is acceptable in lieu of an audible trouble signal. 25.2 Interruption and restoration of any source of electrical energy connected to the automation system and its connected peripherals or any other malfunction shall not cause a false signal. 25.3 To determine compliance with the requirements in 25.1, the investigation is to start with the representative system combination in the normal supervisory condition. The type of fault to be detected is then to be introduced separately in each circuit conductor. 25.4 Except as indicated in 25.6, the automation system equipment trouble signal shall be distinguishable from an alarm signal and shall be obvious to the operator. After acknowledgment, the trouble signal shall be indicated in a manner that its being overlooked by the operator is not possible. 25.5 When an audible signal is used to indicate a trouble condition, it shall be generated once every 10 seconds until silenced. Means for silencing the audible trouble signal at an the automation system is not prohibited from being provided only when the act of silencing following receipt of one trouble signal does not prevent its operation upon receipt of subsequent trouble signals. The audible trouble signal shall sound when the means of silencing is in its silence position and no trouble exists. 25.6 Distinction among alarm, trouble and supervisory signals received by the automation system may be accomplished by means of a common sounding appliance coupled with a visual indication. 26 Receiver Compatibility Test 26.1 The receiver shall automatically transmit to the automation system the signals that it receives. This transmission shall be in such a manner that the time lapse from receipt of a signal that is received at the receiver and requires operator action until the signal is displayed and recorded at the automation system does not exceed 10 seconds. Displaying the signal may be in the form of updating the number of signals in queue. 26.2 The receiver to be used with the automation system is to be programmed in such a manner that it detects failure of the automation system within 90 seconds of its first attempt to send a signal (a heartbeat ) to the automation system and then operates in the degraded mode of operation. Upon detection of the computer failure, the receiver is to generate an audible signal and store in memory or print all incoming signals. In addition, it shall print a message indicating the computer failure. There shall be no loss of signal when the system enters the degraded mode of operation. Exception: When a receiver is not provided with a heartbeat signal, supervision is not required. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

32 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 A1 APPENDIX A Standards for Components Standards under which components of the products covered by this standard are evaluated include the following: Title of Standard UL Standard Designation Alarm Communicator System Units, Digital UL 1635 Attachment Plugs and Receptacles UL 498 Burglar Alarm Units and Systems, Proprietary UL 1076 Central-Station Alarm Services UL 827 Central-Station Burglar-Alarm Units UL 1610 Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems UL 864 Information Technology Equipment UL 1950 Installation and Classification of Burglar and Holdup Alarm Systems UL 681 Lithium Batteries UL 1642 Power Supplies for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems UL 1481 Power Units Other Than Class 2 UL 1012 Protectors for Communications Circuits, Secondary UL 497A Protectors for Data Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits UL 497B Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors UL 1449 Uninterruptible Power Systems UL 1778 Wires, Cables, and Flexible Cords, Reference Standard for Electrical UL 1581 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

A2 CENTRAL-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - UL 1981 JUNE 30, 2003 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 sr1 Superseded requirements for the Standard for Central Station Automation Systems UL 1981, Second Edition The requirements shown are the current requirements that have been superseded by requirements in this edition. The numbers in parentheses refer to the new requirements with future effective dates that have superseded these requirements. To retain the current requirements, do not discard the following requirements until the future effective dates are reached. 3.2 ACTIVE SYSTEM A system that transmits one of the following signals to the central station on a regular basis: a) A signal that the system has been opened and the alarm protection removed or b) A signal that the system has been closed and the alarm protection set. If one alarm system handles 20 accounts with openings and closings, the number of active accounts contributing to the loading of the automation system is 20. The 24-hour supervisory check-in signal transmitted by a digital alarm communicator transmitter or a one-way radio (RF) transmitter does not make a system an active system. A system is considered inactive if the 24-hour supervisory check-in signal is the only signal normally transmitted on a daily basis. 4.3 The instruction manual shall have a section which specifically describes the system configuration. This section shall include the following equipment requirements for the automation system: a) Minimum System Specifications 1) Operating system class, minimum revision level and/or kernel type and revision level. 2) For PC based systems, the most basic microprocessor that the software can work with and the minimum speed of the microprocessor. For systems using minicomputers, the basic system model or family as well as the microprocessor and its speed designation. 3) Minimum disk storage. 4) Minimum internal memory size. 5) Minimum revision level of the alarm monitoring software. b) Environmental Controls Hardware shall be located in an environment where the temperature is maintained at a level within the temperature rating range of the equipment. c) HVAC Standby Power The HVAC system shall have 24 hours of standby power. The standby power for the HVAC shall be provided by the central station s engine-driven generator(s). If the central station chooses to do so, it may provide the standby power for the HVAC system by an uninterruptible power supply (UPS), or the like. Exception: When the hardware is rated for use in environments with temperatures between 32 F (0 C) and 120 F (49 C), 24 hours of standby power is not required for the HVAC system. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

sr2 JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 d) Source of Power 1) Hardware shall be powered by a UPS that complies with either the Standard for Uninterruptible Power Supply Equipment, UL 1778, or the Standard for Power Supplies for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, UL 1481. 2) In order to perform maintenance and repair service, a means for disconnecting the input to a UPS and output from a UPS while maintaining continuity of power supply to the automation system shall be provided. 3) If a power conditioner is being used, it shall comply with the Standard for Power Units Other Than Class 2, UL 1012. In order to perform maintenance and repair service, a means for disconnecting the input to a power conditioner and output from a power conditioner while maintaining continuity of power to the automation system shall be provided. e) Supply Line Transient Protection Hardware shall be protected by transient voltage surge suppressors that comply with the Standard for Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors, UL 1449. The transient voltage surge suppressors shall have a marked rating of 330 volts or less. f) Signaling Line Transient Protection The communications circuits shall be protected by secondary protectors for communications circuits. These protectors shall comply with the Standard for Protectors for Data Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits, UL 497B. The transient protectors shall have a marked rating of 50 volts or less. g) Minimum System Configuration List of components constituting minimum system configuration for redundant/non-redundant systems (including CRTs, printers, computers, watchdog timers, and the like). h) Software Version Instructions on how to display the software version. 7.2.1 All ports of the automation system shall be protected by secondary protectors for communications circuits. These protectors shall comply with the requirements in the Standard for Protectors for Data Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits, UL 497B. The transient protectors shall have a marked rating of 50 volts or less. Exception: If all of the equipment connected to the automation system is located in the same room as the automation system and not more than 25 feet (7.62 m) apart, signal line transient protection is not required. 12.1 (13.1) The backup component requirements depend on the final application of the automation system. Backup components of the automation system are not required when all of the following conditions are met: a) The automation system does not serve more than 200 active systems nor more than 1000 inactive systems and operates in the degraded mode of operation using the receivers. b) The central station supervisors and operators are trained in the use of receivers for a period long enough to enable them to handle signals directly from the receivers. They shall be tested after receiving the training to ensure that they are capable of handling signals directly from receivers. A log documenting such training and testing shall be available at the central station. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 sr3 c) The central station shall maintain sufficient current documentation on hand to enable the operators to handle signals directly from the receiver. d) The required functions of the receivers connected to the automation system which may be suppressed shall revert back to normal operation upon failure of the automation system. Such functions include printing all incoming signals and providing audible and visual indications of change-of-status signals. e) The receivers are located in the same room or area as the operators and are accessible for operation. A glass partition may separate the operators and the receivers. 12.2 (13.2) If the system serves more than 200 active systems or more than 1000 inactive systems, the following conditions shall be met: a) The automation system s main computer; hard disk; main computer s video display terminal; and the software components including the operating system, program languages, and the alarm monitoring software shall be completely duplicated. The backup computer shall be switched over within 30 seconds so that it is energized and can be connected to the receivers, printers, and other devices required for the system. The backup system shall be fully operational within 6 minutes of the loss of the primary system. This allows 30 seconds for plugging in the computer and switching the communication lines over to the backup system but also allows 5-1/2 additional minutes for the system to boot up, conduct memory tests, file system check, security verifications, and prepare for full operation. The backup computer shall have all the capabilities of the primary, including memory, speed, and the like. The central station operators and supervisor(s) shall be trained monthly in making the switchover and bringing the backup computer on line. Exception: The backup computer may be smaller than the primary computer if non-alarm functions that are performed on the primary computer are not performed on the backup computer and its alarm monitoring performance is identical to or exceeds that of the primary. b) The central station operators and supervisor(s) are trained for a period of not less than one hour per month in the use of receivers, and maintain sufficient current documentation on hand to handle signals directly from the receivers. A log documenting such training shall be available at the central station. c) The receivers are located in the same room or area as the operators. A glass partition may separate the operators from the receivers. d) The data base on the backup computer shall be updated not less than once every 24 hours. Automation systems that serve not more than 1000 active systems or not more than 5000 inactive systems may update the data base on the backup computer on a weekly basis if they make a backup copy of the data base on a floppy disk or tape not less than once every 24 hours. 15.3 (16.3) Manual records (paper records, microfiche, personal computer storage) shall be kept in the operating area for reference in case of loss of the automation system. These records shall be updated biweekly. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

sr4 JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 16.5 (17.6) The automation system of a central station can be used by other central stations or subsidiary stations when the following conditions are met: a) Redundancy is provided for the automation system s main computer, hard drive, alarm monitor, UPS, and all communication components of the network such as modems, concentrators, and the like if the total number of active and inactive accounts for both the main central station and remote central station exceed 200 and 1000 respectively. Switchover to the back-up system shall occur as specified in 12.2(a). b) The communication components of the network such as the modems, concentrators, and the like shall comply with the requirements for that component. c) All of the central stations and subsidiary stations that use the automation system are able to generate alarm record information required under 19.8 19.10 for the accounts for which they are responsible. d) All the signal processing requirements contained in the Normal Operation Test, Section 19, shall be complied with. e) All ports of the automation system, and all of the networking components, shall be protected by secondary protectors for communication circuits. These protectors shall comply with the requirements in the Standard for Protectors for Data Communications and Fire Alarm Circuits, UL 497B. The transient protectors shall have a marked rating of 50 volts or less. f) Failure of the primary or the backup system shall be indicated at all of the central stations and subsidiary stations using the system in such a way that it is obvious to the operators. g) Provisions shall be made at all of the central stations using the automation system for operation in a degraded mode as described in the Operation Test Degraded Mode, Section 20. The operators and supervisors shall be trained as specified in 12.1(b) and 12.2(b). 16.6 (17.7) Use of a central-station automation system from a remote location such as a police or fire department is acceptable if the following conditions are met: a) Failure of any signal to be acknowledged by an operator at the remote location is indicated at the central station within 90 seconds. b) The automation equipment (terminals, modems, personal computers, and the like) is redundant. Exception: Redundancy is not required for remote automation equipment at the remote location nor for central-station equipment dedicated solely to communicate to such remote location if alternate means of communication by voice telephone is available and permitted by the remote location authority. c) All components of the remote automation equipment shall comply with the requirements of Construction, General, Section 5. d) The remote automation equipment, including all of the networking components, complies with the signaling line transient protection requirements described in 16.5(c). 1/16/2007-3:01 PM e) The remote automation equipment generates a display or printout of the information being transmitted.

JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 sr5 f) The remote automation equipment shall be capable of receiving test transmissions pursuant to applicable standards. Failure of any test shall be indicated at a central station. g) If more than one central station has access to the remote automation system, such access shall be controlled by special access and identification codes. 16.7 (17.8) An automation system located at a subsidiary station shall comply with the following conditions: a) The system shall comply with all requirements of a central-station automation system. b) Redundancy is required in all cases. c) A hot backup computer shall be provided. d) Failure of the main or backup subsidiary station computer shall be indicated at the central station. Exception: If the main computer is providing a constantly updated data base on the disk drives of the standby computer, the switch over from the main computer to the standby computer may occur as a result of a signal indicating failure sent to the central station whose personnel can effectuate a switch to the standby computer by a manual procedure if the switch to standby can be accomplished within 60 seconds. 19.8 (20.8) Upon resolution of a fire, hold-up, or burglar alarm incident, the system is to automatically generate an alarm report for certificated accounts and record it on non-volatile memory. The system shall be capable of generating an alarm report upon demand for non-certificated systems. This report shall include the following items, as applicable: a) Name and address of subscriber (fire/burglar). b) Type of alarm (burglary, hold-up, fire). c) Grade of service (burglar). d) Time alarm received by the central-station receiver (fire/burglar). e) Time police/fire department notified and police/fire department identification number (fire/ burglar). f) Time alarm investigator No. 1 dispatched, name and employee ID (fire/burglar). g) Time alarm investigator No. 2 (if any) dispatched, name and employee ID (fire/burglar). h) Time alarm investigator No. 1 arrived (fire/burglar). i) Time alarm investigator No. 2 arrived (if dispatched) (fire/burglar). j) Elapsed time between the receipt of the alarm signal at the central station and the investigator s arrival at the protected premises. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM k) Method used to verify alarm investigator s arrival such as radio, telephone, or the like (fire/ burglar).

sr6 JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 l) Whether the central station holds keys. m) Whether keys were used or not used (fire/burglar). n) Time subscriber notified, name of subscriber notified (may need 2 or 3 lines for multiple notifications) (burglar/fire). o) Disposition of alarm (fire/burglar). p) Whether a sounding device is used on the system. 19.12 (20.12) The system is to be capable of displaying on demand the number of active and inactive accounts that it has on data base. Exception: This requirement does not apply to large systems that are intended to monitor more than 200 active or more than 1000 inactive systems and therefore are required to be used in a redundant configuration. 19.16 (20.16) When the operator is working from a menu other than the alarm processing menu, and a change-of-status signal requiring operator action occurs, the system shall generate an audible and a visual indication of the signal. 20.2 (21.2) Under the degraded mode of operation it is necessary to handle change-of-status signals directly from the receivers using manual records. It is therefore necessary to maintain the following records at the central station: a) The most recent record of the permanent data file reports or the equivalent information is to be maintained and readily available for all accounts. This record includes, as appropriate, dispatch instructions, opening and closing schedules, pass card data, holiday schedule dates, and the time and date that the report was recorded. b) A means to permanently record the date and time the action was taken to respond to change-of-status events. System copies of the data base shall be maintained on site and off-site in case problems develop with the system copy operating at the time. The manual records shall be updated not less than biweekly. 22.3 (24.3) The system shall have a minimum of four levels (or degrees) of security. In order to access the system, a security sign-on code consisting of not less than six alpha-numeric characters shall be required. The security sign-on shall govern the access level. The levels of security shall be as follows: a) Minimum security level shall acknowledge and act upon incoming signals. This level shall not affect the ability of the system to perform any critical functions. b) Second security level shall provide for temporary (24 hours maximum) suspension of designated activity. The preprogrammed condition shall automatically be restored within a predetermined time of change of function. Suspension may be recycled at the discretion of the system user with this security level. c) Third security level shall provide for permanent record changes to the data base such as adding new accounts, deleting accounts, or suspending accounts for longer than 24 hours. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 sr7 d) High security shall provide capability for permanent modification of the alarm monitoring software. This is intended to be a level accessible to the software providers programmers. 1/16/2007-3:01 PM

sr8 JUNE 30, 2003 UL 1981 No Text on This Page 1/16/2007-3:01 PM